英语霸权的历史演变研究
|
摘要
英语霸权作为英美民族国家语言霸权,其历史演变与英美两大国在近现代国际体系中的霸权兴衰休戚相关。大英帝国经历了重商帝国和“日不落”帝国两个时期,美国霸权经历了冷战时期以军事政治为主的霸权时期和后冷战时代以经济文化为主的霸权时期。与英美四个不同霸权时期相对应,英语霸权也经历了四个时期的历史演变,并且其霸权内涵经历了逐步深化的过程——从英语地理平台语言霸权到英语制度语言霸权再到英语软权力语言霸权。从英语霸权本质来看,由于英美霸权是逐步发展、强盛起来的两个民族国家霸权,因而英语霸权从产生之日到目前为止,具有鲜明的民族国家语言霸权性质;另外,由于语言既是文化的载体,又是一种特殊的文化形式,使得英语霸权成为文化霸权的重要形式之一,其“霸道”性与英美国家的政治、经济、科技、教育、大众传媒等方面密切相关,并在全球造成新的不平等,其格局与国家霸权所形成的“中心—外围”不平等格局基本相平行。随着后冷战时代的来临,英语霸权的演变与国际体系的转型愈加紧密地联系在一起。展望未来,英语霸权在短期内不会衰落,但是,英语语言本身将发生巨大变化,英美英语也将不再是英语的唯一标准;英语一语独霸全球的状态将被其与几个地域性语言霸权共存的局面所取代;与此同时,英语作为国际体系中非国家行为体的通用语,意味着英语霸权作为民族国家语言霸权的性质或将发生改变。本论文研究的现实意义在于,在后冷战时代的今天,每个国家都应从国家战略高度重视语言与文化的软权力作用,处理好民族国家语言与全球性英语霸权的协调关系。
This dissertation is a study on the historical evolution of English Hegemony in an international relations perspective. We choose such a perspective for the international relations study is more and more history- and culture-oriented in recent years. With such orientations, the evolution of the international system is examined under the world history and the study on cultural hegemony is included. Thus the international relations perspective can provide our study a rational and stable theoretical framework: the historical evolution of the Great Britain and the United States are the significant part of modern international relations history and has determined the historical evolution of English Hegemony; the cultural hegemony theories can make us see the nature of English Hegemony; and the international system theories can make our prediction of the English Hegemony future more near to the trueness since the evolution of English Hegemony nowadays is more and more closely related with that of the international system. The significant revelation of the dissertation is that language and culture issues should be given more considerations in the field of international relations study. The realistic significance of the dissertation is: in the post-cold war era, every nation-state should pay enough attention to language and culture’s role as a soft power, and to the harmony of the nation-state language with English, the global hegemonic language.
Chapter 1 From British English to Colonial English: the Origin of English Hegemony
“English Hegemony”, as a term, is defined as followed: first, the hegemony of language is derived from the sociality of language; Second, English Hegemony is a nation-state language hegemony from the beginning till now; third, in the modern international relations theories and practice, language hegemony is an important part of cultural hegemony; fourth, the phrase“English hegemony”in this dissertation are of double meanings–“English leadership”and“English imperialism”; last, along with the historical evolution of the Britain and America, the intensions of English hegemony have been gradually deepened from geographic platform language hegemony to system language hegemony and to soft power language hegemony.
Unlike Latin and some other ancient languages, the birth and rising of English at the end of the middle age had a close relation with that of England as a modern nation-state and the notion of nationalism, so from the very beginning, the fate of English is closely related with nation-state. The setting up and development of the 1st British Empire in the 18th century was an important period for the origin of English Hegemony. At the end of the 17th century, English, as a newly standardized nation-state language, stepped out of the gate of England and started its process of overseas colonization together with the empire. A basic geographic platform of English was then set up. Meanwhile, the necessary colonial governing and the outstanding trading achievement made by the 1st Empire as a Mercantile Empire made English a lingua franca in the political administration system, international economy and trade system. Thus the geographic platform language hegemony and system language hegemony of English were initiated.
Chapter 2“Sun-never-sets”Empire and“Sun-never-sets”English: the Establishment of English Hegemony
In the 18th -19th century, with the setting up and development of the 2nd British Empire, English stepped into its rapid expanding period. At the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, when the 2nd Empire was at its peak of power, the empire covered world-wide areas. The geographic platform hegemony of English was then set up which covered all those areas. Meanwhile, the political, economic and trading, educational, communicating technology and cultural systems of the 2nd Empire were spread all over the world through its colonies, which had decisive impacts on the formation of most of the nowadays nation-state countries and their various systems. English, as the lingua franca of all these systems, successfully set up its system language hegemony. At the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, most of the newly independent countries from the British Empire chose English as their official language or half of their official language. English Hegemony didn’t decline with the collapse of the British Empire; instead, its hegemonic position stepped forward one more step. Without the British Empire’s colonial expansion, there would have been no geographic platform language hegemony and no system language hegemony of English.
Chapter 3 From British English to American English: the Tranfering of English Hegemony
After a short period of declination in the first half of the 20th century, English Hegemony came back in a new form– American English. It was America who saved it this time. The independence and development of the American English also had a close relation with the formation and development of the United States of America as a new nation. Although America, with its rising and expansion of its power, also set up some colonies and brought American English to those colonies, the geographic platform language hegemony of English set up by the British Empire has been almost complete; and although America very successfully exported a series of economic and financial systems through the safety and economy systems set up by America after the 2nd World War, America was much more successful in exporting its values, life styles and mass culture. The American English, as the medium of mass culture, (such as movie, TV programs and music) spread at an unprecedented speed and scale through the media market. During the cold war, in order to withstand the communism camp led by the former Soviet Union, the USA carried out the“cultural penetration”policy. According to the soft power theory put forward by Joseph Nye, the“cultural penetration”policy, which included the constituting and implementing of the official“cultural strategy”and the American mass media and mass culture, was a significant source of soft power during the cold war and played an important role for the capitalism camp led by USA to finally win the cold war. The implement of the“cultural penetration”policy during the war greatly helped the penetration of American English. At the end of the cold war, English Hegemony was reestablished by the American power. Based on the geographic platform language hegemony and system language hegemony, the newly established English hegemony had deepened into a soft power language hegemony, although still in its initial status during the cold war.
Chapter 4 English as Soft Power under the American Hegemony: the New Phase of English Hegemony
In the post-cold war era, the American hegemony didn’t decline at all as some scholars predicted. Instead, it was consolidated. American hegemony transformed from military- political centered to economic- cultural centered. The role of soft power becomes so important, that it becomes a part of the American comprehensive national strength. Under such a transformed American hegemony, a great amount of information industries and related service industries emerge and the super-American media groups expand all over the world. All these have one obvious feature: depending more and more on the use of language. The globalization accelerated by the Information Revolution help English reglobalize. Compared with the globalization of English during the British Empire, the reglobalization is much faster, wider, deeper and more acceptable because of the change of spreading method. English’s role as a soft power has also been re-enforced and deepened, for it not only promotes the American culture but also elevates the American comprehensive national strength. Based on the soft power theory of Joseph Nye, we put forward the soft power language hegemony theory in this dissertation and try to prove its rationality from the language’s interactive relations with thoughts and culture. The soft power language hegemony theory reflects the gradually deepening process of English hegemony from geographic platform language hegemony to system language hegemony and to soft power language hegemony.
Chapter 5 Reflection on the Historical Evolution of English Hegemony: Challenges and Future Vision of English Hegemony
As a nation-state language hegemony, the imperial nature of English Hegemony comes from the resource power and structure power it possesses and the mutual transformation. It leads to a structural and systematic inequality. Such an inequality is established on the base of political and economic hegemony of western English-speaking countries, and forms a“center– periphery”pattern that is parallel with the one formed by nation-state hegemony. In the post-cold war era, with the deepening process of globalization accelerated by the Information Revolution, English Hegemony, as a soft power language hegemony of USA, is now facing many changes. The future of English Hegemony will be greatly determined by the evolution of international system. Based on the international system theories, we cautiously predict the future of English Hegemony: English Hegemony will not decline in near future, but the language itself will be greatly changed and the British English and American English will no longer be the only language standards; its monopoly position will be replaced by oligopoly consisting of some regional hegemonic languages; meanwhile, English Hegemony becoming the lingua franca of non-nation state actors may mean the change of its nature as nation-state language hegemony. For China and Chinese, we should actively exert the role of Chinese and Chinese culture as a soft power and as a comprehensive nation strength during the growing up process of China; at the same time, we should actively accept, spread and reform English.
This dissertation is a study on the historical evolution of English Hegemony in an international relations perspective. We choose such a perspective for the international relations study is more and more history- and culture-oriented in recent years. With such orientations, the evolution of the international system is examined under the world history and the study on cultural hegemony is included. Thus the international relations perspective can provide our study a rational and stable theoretical framework: the historical evolution of the Great Britain and the United States are the significant part of modern international relations history and has determined the historical evolution of English Hegemony; the cultural hegemony theories can make us see the nature of English Hegemony; and the international system theories can make our prediction of the English Hegemony future more near to the trueness since the evolution of English Hegemony nowadays is more and more closely related with that of the international system. The significant revelation of the dissertation is that language and culture issues should be given more considerations in the field of international relations study. The realistic significance of the dissertation is: in the post-cold war era, every nation-state should pay enough attention to language and culture’s role as a soft power, and to the harmony of the nation-state language with English, the global hegemonic language.
Chapter 1 From British English to Colonial English: the Origin of English Hegemony
“English Hegemony”, as a term, is defined as followed: first, the hegemony of language is derived from the sociality of language; Second, English Hegemony is a nation-state language hegemony from the beginning till now; third, in the modern international relations theories and practice, language hegemony is an important part of cultural hegemony; fourth, the phrase“English hegemony”in this dissertation are of double meanings–“English leadership”and“English imperialism”; last, along with the historical evolution of the Britain and America, the intensions of English hegemony have been gradually deepened from geographic platform language hegemony to system language hegemony and to soft power language hegemony.
Unlike Latin and some other ancient languages, the birth and rising of English at the end of the middle age had a close relation with that of England as a modern nation-state and the notion of nationalism, so from the very beginning, the fate of English is closely related with nation-state. The setting up and development of the 1st British Empire in the 18th century was an important period for the origin of English Hegemony. At the end of the 17th century, English, as a newly standardized nation-state language, stepped out of the gate of England and started its process of overseas colonization together with the empire. A basic geographic platform of English was then set up. Meanwhile, the necessary colonial governing and the outstanding trading achievement made by the 1st Empire as a Mercantile Empire made English a lingua franca in the political administration system, international economy and trade system. Thus the geographic platform language hegemony and system language hegemony of English were initiated.
Chapter 2“Sun-never-sets”Empire and“Sun-never-sets”English: the Establishment of English Hegemony
In the 18th -19th century, with the setting up and development of the 2nd British Empire, English stepped into its rapid expanding period. At the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, when the 2nd Empire was at its peak of power, the empire covered world-wide areas. The geographic platform hegemony of English was then set up which covered all those areas. Meanwhile, the political, economic and trading, educational, communicating technology and cultural systems of the 2nd Empire were spread all over the world through its colonies, which had decisive impacts on the formation of most of the nowadays nation-state countries and their various systems. English, as the lingua franca of all these systems, successfully set up its system language hegemony. At the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, most of the newly independent countries from the British Empire chose English as their official language or half of their official language. English Hegemony didn’t decline with the collapse of the British Empire; instead, its hegemonic position stepped forward one more step. Without the British Empire’s colonial expansion, there would have been no geographic platform language hegemony and no system language hegemony of English.
Chapter 3 From British English to American English: the Tranfering of English Hegemony
After a short period of declination in the first half of the 20th century, English Hegemony came back in a new form– American English. It was America who saved it this time. The independence and development of the American English also had a close relation with the formation and development of the United States of America as a new nation. Although America, with its rising and expansion of its power, also set up some colonies and brought American English to those colonies, the geographic platform language hegemony of English set up by the British Empire has been almost complete; and although America very successfully exported a series of economic and financial systems through the safety and economy systems set up by America after the 2nd World War, America was much more successful in exporting its values, life styles and mass culture. The American English, as the medium of mass culture, (such as movie, TV programs and music) spread at an unprecedented speed and scale through the media market. During the cold war, in order to withstand the communism camp led by the former Soviet Union, the USA carried out the“cultural penetration”policy. According to the soft power theory put forward by Joseph Nye, the“cultural penetration”policy, which included the constituting and implementing of the official“cultural strategy”and the American mass media and mass culture, was a significant source of soft power during the cold war and played an important role for the capitalism camp led by USA to finally win the cold war. The implement of the“cultural penetration”policy during the war greatly helped the penetration of American English. At the end of the cold war, English Hegemony was reestablished by the American power. Based on the geographic platform language hegemony and system language hegemony, the newly established English hegemony had deepened into a soft power language hegemony, although still in its initial status during the cold war.
Chapter 4 English as Soft Power under the American Hegemony: the New Phase of English Hegemony
In the post-cold war era, the American hegemony didn’t decline at all as some scholars predicted. Instead, it was consolidated. American hegemony transformed from military- political centered to economic- cultural centered. The role of soft power becomes so important, that it becomes a part of the American comprehensive national strength. Under such a transformed American hegemony, a great amount of information industries and related service industries emerge and the super-American media groups expand all over the world. All these have one obvious feature: depending more and more on the use of language. The globalization accelerated by the Information Revolution help English reglobalize. Compared with the globalization of English during the British Empire, the reglobalization is much faster, wider, deeper and more acceptable because of the change of spreading method. English’s role as a soft power has also been re-enforced and deepened, for it not only promotes the American culture but also elevates the American comprehensive national strength. Based on the soft power theory of Joseph Nye, we put forward the soft power language hegemony theory in this dissertation and try to prove its rationality from the language’s interactive relations with thoughts and culture. The soft power language hegemony theory reflects the gradually deepening process of English hegemony from geographic platform language hegemony to system language hegemony and to soft power language hegemony.
Chapter 5 Reflection on the Historical Evolution of English Hegemony: Challenges and Future Vision of English Hegemony
As a nation-state language hegemony, the imperial nature of English Hegemony comes from the resource power and structure power it possesses and the mutual transformation. It leads to a structural and systematic inequality. Such an inequality is established on the base of political and economic hegemony of western English-speaking countries, and forms a“center– periphery”pattern that is parallel with the one formed by nation-state hegemony. In the post-cold war era, with the deepening process of globalization accelerated by the Information Revolution, English Hegemony, as a soft power language hegemony of USA, is now facing many changes. The future of English Hegemony will be greatly determined by the evolution of international system. Based on the international system theories, we cautiously predict the future of English Hegemony: English Hegemony will not decline in near future, but the language itself will be greatly changed and the British English and American English will no longer be the only language standards; its monopoly position will be replaced by oligopoly consisting of some regional hegemonic languages; meanwhile, English Hegemony becoming the lingua franca of non-nation state actors may mean the change of its nature as nation-state language hegemony. For China and Chinese, we should actively exert the role of Chinese and Chinese culture as a soft power and as a comprehensive nation strength during the growing up process of China; at the same time, we should actively accept, spread and reform English.
引文
①A World Empire by Other Means: The Triumph of English [J]. Christmas Special of the Economist, 2001 -12-22 (63).
②Bill Bryson. The Mother Tongue: English & how it got that way [M]. New York: William Morrow and Company, Inc., 1990: 182.
③Joshua Fishman. Summary and Interpretation: Post-Imperial English 1940—1990 [A]. Joshua Fisherman, Andrew W. Conrad. Post Imperial English [C]. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996: 628.
④罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:15.
①Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: back cover.
②蔡永良.语言历史主义——论历史学与语言学的交叉研究[J].常熟高专学报,2004(1):75.
①参见David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.
②David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 110.
③David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: x.
④参见David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997.
⑤参见Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992.
①参见Alastair Pennycook. The Cultural Politics of English as an International Language [M]. London: Longman, 1994.
②参见Joshua A. Fishman, R. L. Cooper,A. W. Conrad. The Spread of English: The sociology of English as an Additional Language [M]. Rowley/Mass: Newbury House, 1977.和Joshua A. Fishman, Andrew W. Conrad, Rubal-Lopez Alma. Post-Imperial English [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996.
③参见Braj B. Kachru. The Power and Politics of English [J]. World Englishes, 1986, 5(2-3): 121-140.
④Braj B. Kachru. The Power and Politics of English [J]. World Englishes, 1986, 5(2-3): 137.
①参见R. L.Cooper. Language Spread: Studies in Diffusion and Social Change [M]. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1982.
②参见J. V. Neustupny. Towards a Paradigm for Language Planning [J]. Language Planning Newsletter, 1983, 9(4): 1-4.
③参见Carmen Fought. Language and Ethnicity [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.
④参见Martin Puetz, Joshua A. Fishman. Along the Routes to Power– Exploration of Empowerment through Language[M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 2006.
⑤参见Mairead Nic Craith. Language, Power and Identity Politics [M]. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.
⑥参见Christine Jourdan, Kevin Tuite. Language, Culture and Society [M].Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.
⑦参见Risager Karen. Language and Culture– Global Flows and Local Complexity [M]. New York: Multilingual Matters, 2006.
⑧参见戴问天.为什么是英语[M].北京:东方出版社,2003.
⑨参见颜治强.世界英语概论[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2002.
⑩参见蔡昌卓.美国英语史:美国英语融合于创新的历史研究[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2002.
①参见Antonio Gramsci. Selections from Cultural Writings [M]. ed. David Fogacs, Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, trans. William Boelhower. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1985: 164-165.
②文化霸权[EB/OL]. [2009-04-06].http://baike.baidu.com/view/141567.htm.
③参见H. Schiller. Communication and Cultural Domination [M]. New York: International Arts and Science Press, 1976.
④H. Schiller. Mass Communication and American Empire [M]. New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1976: 9.
⑤参见爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.东方学[M].王宇根,译.北京:三联书店出版社,1999.
⑥参见Samuel P. Huntington. The Clash of Civilization? [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1993, 72(3)summer: 22-49.
①具体参见秦亚青.世界政治的文化理论——文化结构、文化单位与文化力[A].秦亚青.权力·制度·文化:国际关系理论与方法研究文集[C].北京:北京大学出版社,2005:172.
②王沪宁.文化扩张与文化主权:对主权观念的挑战[J].复旦学报(社会科学版),1994(3): 9.
③潘一禾.文化与国际关系[M].南京:浙江大学出版社,2005:26.
④康威·汉得森.国际关系[M].金帆,译.海口:海南出版社,2004.
⑤巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,主译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004.
②达雅·屠苏.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004:227-231.
①格里姆.论语言的起源[A].张会森,译.语言学译丛[M]. 1960(2):65-70.
①王福祥,吴汉樱.语言学:历史·理论·方法[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2008:79.
②斯大林.马克思主义与语言学问题[M].中共中央马克思、恩格斯、列宁、斯大林著作编译局,译.北京:人民出版社,1953:20.
③参见皮埃尔·布尔迪厄.言语意味着什么[M].楮思真,等译.北京:商务印书馆,2005.
④王星,等.人类文化的空间组合[M].上海:上海人民出版社,1990:225.
①安东尼·史密斯著.民族主义——理论,意识形态,历史[M].叶江,译.上海:上海世纪出版集团,2006:99.
②Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 160-161.
③余建华.民族主义:历史遗产与时代风云的交汇[M].北京:学林出版社,1999:273.
①张公瑾,丁石庆.文化语言学教程[M].北京:教育科学出版社,2004:38.
②E. Sapir. Language: An Introduction to the Study of Speech [M]. New York: Harcourt, Brace&Co., 1921: 221.
③H. I. Schiller. Mass Communication and American Empire [M]. New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1976: 9.
④潘一禾.文化与国际关系[M].南京:浙江大学出版社,2005:26.
①Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 10.
②陈燕谷. Hegemony(霸权/领导权)[J].读书,1995(2).
③王逸舟.世界政治与中国外交[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2003:142.也正是在这个意义上,有的学者认为霸权是种“默许的权力”。Lee Artz, Bren Ortega Murphy. Cultural Hegemony in the United States [M]. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2000: 70.
①钱乘旦,许洁明.英国通史[M].上海:上海社会科学院出版社,2003:89.
①齐世荣主编,刘成,刘金源,吴庆宏,著.英国:从称霸世界到回归欧洲[M].西安:三秦出版社,2005:7.
②蒋孟引.英国史[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1998:201.
③阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译,陈叔平校.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991:92.
①刘金源,洪霞.潮汐英国人[M].成都:四川人民出版社,2001:11.
②屈勒味林.英国史[M].钱端升,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,2008:265.
③阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译,陈叔平校.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991:121.
①滕藤.开创现代文明的帝国——英国百年强国历程[M].哈尔滨:黑龙江人民出版社,1998:324.
②Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 162.
①让·瑟利耶,安德烈·瑟利耶.西欧人文图志[M].吕艳霞,王恬,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2008:250.
②时代-生活图书公司.伊丽莎白王朝·英格兰[M].刘新义,译.济南:山东画报出版社,2001:96.
①让·瑟利耶,安德烈·瑟利耶.西欧人文图志[M].吕艳霞,王恬,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2008:254.
②让·瑟利耶,安德烈·瑟利耶.西欧人文图志[M].吕艳霞,王恬,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2008:262.
③屈勒味林.英国史[M].钱端升,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,2008:265.
④里夏德·范迪尔门.欧洲近代生活:宗教、巫术、启蒙运动[M].王亚平,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:188.254.
④Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 7.
①袁明.国际关系史[M].北京:北京大学出版社,1994:9.
①王联.世界民族主义论[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2005:313.
①阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译,陈叔平校.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991:135.
②蔡昌卓.美国英语史:美国英语融合于创新的历史研究[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2002:43.
③Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 117.
①布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:207.
①G·勒纳尔G·乌勒西.近代欧洲的生活与劳作(从15—18世纪)[M].杨军,译.上海:上海三联书店,2008: 49.
①Oscar Handlin, etc. Harvard Encyclopedia of American Ethnic Groups [M]. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press, 1980: 323.
②J.O. Lindsay. The New Cambridge Modern History,Ⅶ, The Old Regime, 1713—1763 [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988: 501.
①西蒙斯.美国早期史:从殖民地建立到独立[M].朱绛,等译.北京:商务印书馆,1994:227.
②Vernon M., Jr. Briggs. Mass Immigration and the National Interest: Policy Directions for the New Century [M]. New York: M.E. Sharpe, 1992: 14.
③阿·符·叶菲莫夫.美国史纲(1492年—19世纪70年代)[M].庚声,译.北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1972:139.
④丹尼尔·布尔斯汀.美国人:开拓历程[M].中国对外翻译出版公司,译.北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1993:360.
①L. S. Stavrianos. The World History Since 1950:a Global History: 2nded. [M]. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall Inc., 1971: 163.
②P. Sherlock. West Indies [M]. London: Thames and Hudson, 1966: 42.
③David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 33.
④P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 291.
①罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:519.
①W. A. Barker. A General History of England, 1688—1852 [M]. London, 1963: 146.
②齐世荣主编,刘成,刘金源,吴庆宏,著.英国:从称霸世界到回归欧洲[M].西安:三秦出版社,2005:94.
①David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 424.
②张亚东.重商帝国:1689—1783年的英帝国研究[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2004:110-127.
①裘克安.英语与英国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993:223-224.
①安东尼·D·史密斯.全球化时代的民族与民族主义[M].龚维斌,良警宇,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:3.
②余建华.民族主义:历史遗产与时代风云的交汇[M].北京:学林出版社,1999:16-17.
③埃里·凯杜里.民族主义[M].张明明,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:139.
①Ernest Renan. Qu’est-ce qu’une antion? Conference faite en Sorbonne le n mars 1882 [M]//诺曼·戴维斯.欧洲史.郭方,刘北成,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2007:830.
②诺曼·戴维斯.欧洲史[M].郭方,刘北成,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2007:832.
①克拉潘.现代英国经济史(中卷)[M].姚曾广,译.北京:商务印书馆,1975:37.
②克莱登·罗勃兹、大卫·罗勃兹.英国史[M].贾士蘅,译.台北:五南图书出版公司,中国民国75年版:647.
③齐世荣主编,刘成,刘金源,吴庆宏,著.英国:从称霸世界到回归欧洲[M].西安:三秦出版社,2005:227.
①解力夫,冯光.白金汉宫的春秋——英国王室[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,1998:215.
②阎照祥.英国史[M].北京:人民出版社,2003:337.
①王昺,姜芃.加拿大文明[M].福州:福建教育出版社,2008:88.
②王昺,姜芃.加拿大文明[M].福州:福建教育出版社,2008:88.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 68.
④林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005:560.
①Barbara A. Fennell. A History of English– A Sociolinguistic Approach [M]. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2005: 246.
②Manfred Goerlach. The Linguistic History of English [M]. Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1997: 27.
③郑寅达,费佩君.澳大利亚史[M].上海:华东师范大学出版社,1991:117.
④林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005:560.
⑤新西兰移民史[EB/OL]. [2008-05-22].http://www.chuguo.cn/news/115736.xhtml.
⑥新西兰移民史[EB/OL]. [2008-05-22].http://www.chuguo.cn/news/115736.xhtml.
①新西兰移民史[EB/OL]. [2008-05-22].http://www.chuguo.cn/news/115736.xhtml.
②Barbara A. Fennell. A History of English– A Sociolinguistic Approach [M]. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2005: 247.
③林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005:560.
①Nkonko M. Kamwangamalu. The Social History of English in South Africa [J]. World Englishes, 2002, 21(1): 2.
②Barbara A. Fennell. A History of English– A Sociolinguistic Approach [M]. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2005: 247.
③林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005:560.
①张聚国.论美国殖民协会的性质[J].世界历史,2006(05):29.
②Josef Schmied. East African Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 189.
③P.J. Marshall. the Oxford History of the British Empire, Vol.Ⅱ, The Eighteenth Century [M]. Oxford: Oxford Universtiy, 1998: 479.
①Joseph Syzliowicz. Education and Modernization in the Middle East [M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1973: 112.
②Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 227.
③Ravinder Gargesh. South Asian Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 91.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 70.
②Maria Lourdes S. Bautista, Andrew B. Gonzales. Southeast Asian Englishes [J]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 131.
③David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 50.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 284-285.
②D.G.E.霍尔.东南亚史[M].中山大学东南亚历史研究所,译.北京:商务印书馆,1982:900.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 286.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 8.
②Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 22.
①布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:5.
②Theo Sundermeier. Church and Nationalism in South Africa [M]. Johannesburg: Ravan Press, 1975: 25.
③A. Adu. Boahened. General History of Africa, Vol. VII. [M]. Paris: Unesco, 1991: 802.
④P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 188.
⑤Ernest G. Malherbe. Education in South Africa (1652-1922) [M]. Cape Town: Juta & Co., 1925: 57.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 349.
②J. White. The Historical Background to National Education in Tanzania [A]. E. C. Polome, C. P. Hill. Language in Tanzania [C]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, for the International African Institute, 1980: 269.
③A. A. Mazrui. Some Sociopolitical Functions of English Literature in Africa [A]. J. A. Fishman, C. A. Ferguson, J. Das Gupta. Language Problems of Developing Nations [C]. New York: Wiley, 1968: 186.
④J·伯恩斯坦,艾伦·J·马图斯科.杜鲁门政府[M].纽约,1966 //罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:37.
⑤布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:382.
⑥布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:4.
①David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 30.
②Kenneth O. Morgan. The Oxford History of Britain [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, Oxford: Oxford University, 2007: 518.
①滕藤.开创现代文明的帝国——英国百年强国历程[M].哈尔滨:黑龙江人民出版社,1998:291.
②弗朗西斯·鲁滨逊.剑桥插图伊斯兰世界史[M].安维华,钱雪梅,译.北京:世界知识出版社,2005:156.
①阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译,陈叔平,校.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991:231.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 27.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 194.
④伊恩·布鲁玛.伏尔泰的椰子:欧洲的英国文化热[M].刘雪岚,萧萍,译.北京:三联出版社,2007:
①E. Kendall. The End of an Era-Africa and Missionary [M]. London, 1978: 68.
②艾周昌,舒运国.非洲黑人文明[M].泉州:福建教育出版社,2008:266.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 200.
④Ken Hartshorne. Language Policy in African Education: a Background to the Future [A]. Rajend Mesthrie. Language and Social History: Studies in South African Sociolinguistics [C]. Cape Town: David Philip, 1995: 310.
⑤J. Platt, H. Weber, M. L. Ho. The New Englishes [M]. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul,1984: 20.
⑥Nkonko M. Kamwangamalu. The Social History of English in South Africa [J]. World Englishes, 2002, 21(1): 2.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 201.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 7.
①达雅·屠.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004:227.
②P. Kennedy. Imperial Cable Communications and Stratedge 1879—1914 [J]. English Historical Review, 86: 728-752.
①Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 116.
②詹姆斯·卡瑞,珍·辛顿.英国新闻史:3版[M].栾轶枚,译,北京:清华大学出版社,2005:3.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 215.
④罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:23-24.
⑤达雅·屠.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004:199.
①高英彤.帝国夕阳——日渐衰微的不列颠[M].长春:吉林人民出版社,1998:42.
①Roland Oliver, Anthony Atmore. Africa Since 1800 [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981: 164-165.
②P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 347.
①Mahatma Gandhi. There is no salutation for India [A]. B. Arthur. The Penguin Book of Tweentieth-Century Speech [C]. New York: Viking, 1992: 44.
②赫尔曼·库尔克,迪特马尔·罗特蒙特.印度史[M].王立新,周红江,译.北京:中国青年出版社,2008: 301.
①B. B. Kachru. The Second Diaspora of English [A]. T. W. Machan, C. T. Scott. English in its Social Contexts: Essays in Historical Sociolinguistics [C]. New York/Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1988: 24.
①雅克·杜加斯特. 19世纪和20世纪之交的欧洲文化生活[M].黄艳红,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2007:191.
②康威·汉得森.国际关系[M].金帆,译.海口:海南出版社,2004:424.
①郭圣铭.美国独立战争[M].北京:商务印书馆,1984:3.
②St. John de Crevecoeur, John. Hector. Letters from an American Farmer [M]. New York, 1904:56.
③赵一凡.美国的历史文献[M].北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1989:17.
④J·布卢姆,等.美国的历程:上卷[M].杨国标,张儒林,译.北京:商务印书馆,1988:171.
①Daniel J. Boorstin. The Americans, The Colonial Experience [M]. Random House Inc., 1958: 309.
②Leonard Dinnerstein. Ethnic Americans: A History of Immigration: 3th ed.[M]. New York: Harper Collins Publishers, 1988: 8.
①Julie T. Andersen. Linguistics in America 1769-1924: A Critical History [M]. Routledge, Chapman and Hall Inc., 1990: 58.
①参见Noah Webster. An American Dictionary of the English Language [M]. New York: S.Coverse. Facsimile reprint, San Francisco: Foundation for American Christian Education, 1967.
②郑立信,顾嘉祖.美国英语与美国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993:37.
③Jonathan Green. Chasing the Sun [M]. London:Random House, 1993: 266.
④李荫华.英语词典初探[M].北京:商务印书馆,1985:61.
①赵一凡.美国的历史文献[M].北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1989:273-274.
②赵一凡.美国的历史文献[M].北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1989:274.
③Albert C. Baugh, Thomas Cable, A History of the English Language-The English in America [M]. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1978: 359.
④蔡昌卓.美国英语史:美国英语融合于创新的历史研究[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2002:9.
①刘绪贻,杨生茂.美国通史:第4卷[M].北京:人民出版社,2001:12.
②黄安年.美国的崛起——17—19世纪的美国[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1992:353.
③阿瑟·林克,威廉·卡顿. 1900年以来的美国史[M].刘绪贻,等译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1983:43.
①Bernardita Churchill. Education in the Philippines at the Turn of the 20th Century: Background for American Policy [M]. Unpublished manuscript,2001
②刘国柱.美国文化的新边疆[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2005:38.
③Evergisto Bazaco. History of Education in the Philippines [M]. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press, 1953.
④David Searles. The Peace Corps Experience, Challenge and Change 1969—1976 [M]. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1997: 62.
①Andrew Gonzalez. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English[J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(1):9.
①Roy Hoopes. The Complete Peace Corps Guide [M]. New York: The Dial Press, INC., 1968: 19.
①裘克安.英语与英国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993:223-224.
②潘知常,林玮.大众传媒与大众文化[M].上海:上海人民出版社,2002:6.
③流行神话的光影——试论大众传播与大众文化[EB/OL]. [2009-04-09]. http://www.windbook.cn/wenxue/NewsCommunication/200801/wenxue_3390_5.html.
④丹尼尔·杰·切特罗姆.传播媒介与美国人的思想[M].曹静生,等译.北京:中国广播电视出版社,1991:201.
①让·诺埃尔·让纳内.西方媒介史[M].段惠敏,译,桂林:广西师范大学出版社,2005:137.
②迈克尔·埃默里,南希·L·罗伯茨.美国新闻史—大众传播媒介解释史:第9版[M].展江,译,北京:中国人民大学出版社,2004:349.
①Colin Hoskins, Stuart McFadyen, Adam Finn. Global Television and Film [M]. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press, 1997:86.
②刘绪贻,杨生茂.美国通史:第4卷[M].北京:人民出版社,2001:195.
③佐藤卓己.现代传媒史[M].诸葛蔚东,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2004:134.
④Samuel Eliot Morison. The Oxford History of the American People: Vol.3 [M]. New York: the New American Library, Inc., 1972: 228.
①刘绪贻,杨生茂.美国通史:第4卷[M].北京:人民出版社,2001:471.
②丹尼尔·贝尔.现代性和大众社会:文化经验的多样性[J].传播,1963(2)//阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:69.
③约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:75.
④佐藤卓己.现代传媒史[M].诸葛蔚东,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2004:107.
①西格蒙德·龙伯格Sigmund Romberg [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.kuke.com/kuke/library?o=yyj_zj&composerid=1525&music_class_id=DA998BD0BF5A11DC8BD08C0CE59D9FFD&d-1340563-p=3.
②乔治·格什温[EB/OL]. [2008-05-11]. http://baike.baidu.com/view/46730.htm.
③杰罗姆·科恩Jerome Kern [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.32lu.com/yinyuelilun/yyj/xunfang/200704/5208_8.html.
④理查德·罗杰斯Richard Rodgers [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.32lu.com/yinyuelilun/yyj/xunfang/200704/5208_8.html.
⑤David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 92.
⑥S. Pandit. From Making to Music: the History of Thorn EMI [M]. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1996: 57.
①阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:62.
②伊恩·布鲁玛.伏尔泰的椰子:欧洲的英国文化热[M].刘雪岚,萧萍,译.北京:三联出版社,2007:35.
③Roger Asselineau. A Complex Fate [J]. Journal of American Studies, No. 14, Ap ril 1980, 14(4):.70. //王晓德.美国大众文化的传播与欧洲的“美国化”[J].社会科学战线,2007(1):159-160.
④佐藤卓己.现代传媒史[M].诸葛蔚东,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2004:190.
①Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 507-508.
②刘德斌.国际关系史[M].北京:高等教育出版社,2003:355.
①科布·劳伦斯丁.俄国的防务政策[A].道格拉斯·默里和保罗·维奥蒂.各国防务政策之比较研究[C].张振江,译.北京:军事学院出版社,1985:62.
②Tom Mcarthur. English World-Wide in the Twentieth Century [A]. Lynda Mugglestone. Oxford History of Englis h[C]. Oxford/ New York: Oxford University Press, 2006: 379.
①罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:54.
②Claude Truchot. L’anglais dans le Monde Contemporain [M]// Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1):69.
③Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1):69.
④A.Firth.“Lingua Franca”English and Conversation Analysis [J]. Journal of Pragmatics, 1996(April):42.
⑤U.Ammon. To What Extent Is German an International Language? [A]. P. Stevenson. The German Language and the Real World: Sociolinguistic, Cultural and Pragmatic Perspectives on Contemporary German [C]. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1995: 76.
⑥罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:52.
①Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 506.
②Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 507-508.
③约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:52.
①约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:111-112.
②约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:73.
③Richard Pells. Not Like Us [M]. //约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:73.
④约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:73-74.
⑤龚铁鹰.软权力的系统分析[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2008:30.
⑥John F. Kennedy. Poland and Eastern Europe [A]. Allan Nevins. The Strategy of Peace [M]. New York: Harper Collins, 1960: 93-94.
①La culture contre la democratie? L’audiovisuel a l’heure transnationale par A. mattelart avec Mattelart et X. delcour [M] //阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002: 8.
②王逸舟.西方国际政治:历史与理论[M].上海:上海人民出版社,1998:487-503.
③王晓德.美国文化和美国外交[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2000:226.
④M·德图佐斯.未来的社会[M].周昌忠,译.上海:上海译文出版社,1998:337.
⑤姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:125.
⑥李幸,刘荃.传播媒介的历史之光——广播电影电视史论[M].南京:南京师范大学出版社,2006:197.
①Reinhold Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 508-509.
②李幸,刘荃.传播媒介的历史之光——广播电影电视史论[M].南京:南京师范大学出版社,2006:193.
①Richard Butsch, For Fun And Profit: the Transformation of Leisure into Consumption [M]. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990: 265.
②李幸,刘荃.传播媒介的历史之光——广播电影电视史论[M].南京:南京师范大学出版社,2006:193.
③马尔库塞.爱欲与文明[M].黄勇,薛民,译.上海:上海译文出版社,1987:68.
④Alfred D. Chandler Jr., James W. Cortada. A Nation Transformed by Information: How Information Has Shaped the United States from Colonial Times to the Present [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000: 174.
①威廉·麦克高希.世界文明史——观察世界的新视角[M].董建中,等译.北京:新华出版社,2003:289.
①Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 69.
②Nathan Gardels. From Magic Kingdom to Media Empire(Interview) [J]. New Perspectives Quarterly, 1995(4) Fall: 8(3).
③Bill Grantham. America the Menace: Franceps Feud with Hollywood [J]. World Policy Journal, 1998, 15(2) Summer: 61.
④David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997:91.
⑤S. S. Wildman, S. E. Siwek. International Trade in Films and Television Programs [M]. Cambridge, MA:Ballinger,1988: 26-28.
①罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:67.
②J.Tunstall. The Media are American: Anglo-American Media in the World [M]. London: Constable, 1977: 142.
③UESCO. Three weeks of television: an international comparative study [R]. Paris: UNESCO, 1981.
④T. Varis. International Flow of Television Programmes [M]. Paris: UNESCO., 1985: 22-48.
①D. Wilhelm. Global Communications and Political Power [M]. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction, 1990: 65.
①约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:封底.
①路易·多洛.国际文化关系[M].孙恒,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1987:67.
②谢列兹涅夫.心理战:战争与意识形态斗争[M].张俊英译.长春:吉林人民出版社,1981:100-101.
①富米·冯维希.老挝和老挝人民反对美国新殖民主义的胜利斗争[M].蔡文朴,译.北京:人民出版社,1974:51.
②达雅·屠.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004:199.
③明安香.美国:超级传媒帝国[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2005:14.
④教科文组织广播[J].信使,1997(2):39.
①Elizabeth Cobbs Hoffmans. All You Need is Love: The Peace Corps and the Spirit of 1960s [M]. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harward University Press, 1998: 262.
②New Initiatives in International Education(Panel Discussion)[R]. The Department of State Bulletin, 1966-07-18(95).
①刘国柱.美国文化的新边疆[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2005:34.
②Elizabeth Cobbs Hoffman. All You Need is Love: The Peace Corps and the Spirit of 1960s [M]. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Hardwrd University Press, 1998: 179-180.
③张顺洪,孟庆龙,毕健康.英美新殖民主义[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2007:113.
①W. W. Gibbs. Lost Science in the Third World [J]. Scientific American, 1995(8): 76-83.
②John Rennie Short, Armando Boniche, Yeong Kim, Patrick Lili. Cultural Globalization, Global English and Geography Journals [J]. Professional Geographer, 2001, 53(1): 5.
③Claude Truchot. L’anglais dans le Monde Contemporain[M]//Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 69.
④F. R. Matta. The information bedazzlement of Latin America [A]. K.Kumar. Transnational Enterprises: Their Impact on Third World Societies and Cultures [C]. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1980: 204.
①S. Ghorpade. Foreign Correspondents Cover Washington for the World [J]. Journalism Quarterly, 1984:667.
②魏龙泉.美国图书出口的八种方法[J].编辑学刊,1998(6):73.
①诺曼·戴维斯.欧洲史[M].郭方,刘北成,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2007:1111.
②巴兹尔·戴维逊.现代非洲史[M].舒晨,李立清,张学姗,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1989:338.
①G. Steiner. After Babel:Aspects of Language and Translation [M]. Oxford:Oxford University Press,1975: 469.
①“崇洋媚外”遇尴尬,德国人要净化德语[EB/OL].[2008-04-08].http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/gb/doc/2003-09/11/content-263298.htm.
②S. Ridder. English in Dutch [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(4): 49.
③A. Ven Essen. English in Mainland Europe——a Dutch Perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1996, 16(1): 101.
④M. Berns. English in the European Union [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(3): 6.
⑤S. Ridder. English in Dutch [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(4): 45.
①N. Labrie, C. Quell. Your Language, my Language or English? The Potential Language Choice in Communication among Nationals of the European Union [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 117.
②V. Pulcini. The English Language in Italy [J]. English Today, 1994, 10(4):49.
③Eva Kushner. English as Global Language: Problems, Dangers, Opportunities [J]. Diogenes, 2003(2), 198.
④Fonzari Lorenza. English in Estonian Multicultural Society [J]. World Englishes, 1999, 118(1): 40.
⑤Marju Lauristin, Peter Vihalemm. Return to the Western World, Cultural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [M], Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997: 324.
①Ryuko Kubota. Ideologies of English in Japan [J]. World Englishes, 1998, 17(3):297.
②罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:16.
③刘国柱.美国文化的新边疆[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2005:190.
①Maruice Imhoof. The English Language in Egypt [J]. English Around the World, 1977, 17: 1-3.
②Ahmed Elkhatib. Case Studies of Four Egyptian College Freshman Writers majoring in English [D]. New York: Columbia University, 1984: 29.
③Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 235.
④Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 235.
⑤Nkonko M. Kamwangamalu. The Social History of English in South Africa [J]. World Englishes, 2002, 21(1): 3.
⑥Anne Pakir. Connecting with English in the Context of internationalization [J]. TESOL Quarterly, 1998, 33(1): 108.
①Linda Gentry El-Dash, Joanne Busnardo. Brazilian Attitudes toward English: Dimensions of Status and Solidarity [J]. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2001, 11(1): 58.
②G.. Graham. World English and the English Language [J]. English Today. 1995, 11(1): 11.
③B. B. Kachru. the Indianization of English [J]. English Today, 1986, 6: 31.
④罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:50-51.
⑤罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:54.
①罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:15.
②Encyclopedia Britannica. Britannica Book of the Year [M].chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica, Inc., 1995: 774-779.
①参见Immanuel Wallerstein. The Eagle Has Crash Landed [J]. Foreign Policy, 2002 (7/8): 60-68.
②如约瑟夫·奈等人认为,信息优势能够以相对低的代价阻止和战胜传统的军事威胁。Joseph S. Jr. Nye, William A. Owens. America's information edge [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1996 (3/4): 20-36.
①Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary): 163.
②Daniel Bell. The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: a Venture in Social Forecasting [M]. New York: Hill and Wang, 2000: 94.
①阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:139.
②约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:47.
③林涛.国际关系理论中的权力:科技因素的视角[J].科技管理研究. 2007(12):262.
④Joseph S. Jr. Nye, William A. Owens. America's information edge [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1996 (3/4): 20.
⑤David Rothkopf. In Praise of Culture Imperialism [J]. Foreign Policy, 1997, 107: 39.
①Alfred D. Chandler Jr., James W. Cortada. A Nation Transformed by Information: How Information Has Shaped the United States from Colonial Times to the Present [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000: 199.
②刘伟胜.文化霸权概论[M].石家庄:河北人民出版社,2002:97.
③王逸舟.全球化和新经济[M].北京:中国发展出版社,2002:133.
④S. Ratner, J. H. Sollow, R. Sylla, The Evolution of the American Economy: Growth, Welfare and Decision Making [M]. New York: Basic Hooks, 1979: 403.
⑤Jorge Reina Schement, Terry Curtis, Tendencies and Tensions of the Information Age: The Production and Distribution of Information in the United States [M]. New Brunswick, New York: Transaction, 1995:21-46.
①姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:94.
②James Cox. US Success Draws Envy, Protests [N]. USA Today,2000-08-03(1B).
①爱德华·赫尔曼,罗伯特·麦克切斯尼,全球媒体——全球资本主义的新传教士[M].甄春亮,等译.天津人民出版社,2001:171.
②爱德华·赫尔曼,罗伯特·麦克切斯尼,全球媒体——全球资本主义的新传教士[M].甄春亮,等译.天津人民出版社,2001:52.
①胡鞍钢,张晓群.国际视角下中国传媒实力的实证分析——兼与黄旦、屠正锋先生商榷[J].战略与管理,清华大学学报,2007,22(3):128.
②姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:前言2-3.
③戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:22.
④戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:35.
①约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:54.
②查尔斯·洛克.全球化是帝国主义的变种[M] //王宁,薛晓源.全球化与后殖民批评.中央编译出版社,1998:43.
③戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:37.
④Richard Kuisel. Americanization for Historians [J]. Diplomatic History, Vol. 2000, 24(3) Summer: 511.
⑤王晓德.关于“美国化”和全球多元文化发展的思考[J].美国研究,2003(3):103.
①Richard Pells. Who’s Afraid of Steven Speilberg? [J]. Diplomatic History, Vol. No3, 2000, 24(3) Summer: 171-172.
②戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:37.
③约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:82.
④Hubert Vedrine, Dominique Moisi. France in an Age of Globalization [M] //约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行.郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:82.
⑤Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary):166.
①Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary):153-171.
②参见Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary);
③参见Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Bound to Lead: The Changing Nature of American Power [M]. New York: Basic Books, 1990.
④约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:9.
⑤约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:10.
①朱马杰.软国力在国际关系中的作用[EB/OL]. [2008-07-09]. http://zhaogang.bokee.com/886155.html.
②罗伯特·基欧汉,约瑟夫·奈.权力与相互依赖[M].林茂辉,段胜武,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2002:271.
③龚铁鹰.软权力的系统分析[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2008:150.
④Joseph Nye. The Redefinition of National Interest [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1999, 78(7/8): 28.
⑤约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:13.
⑥阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:475-477.
⑦阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:478.
⑧Josef Joffe. Who’s afraid of Mr.Big? [J]. The National Interest, 2001(summer): 43.
①Lara Marlowe. French Minister Urges Greater UN Role to Counter US Hyperpower [J]. The Irish Times, 1999, 11(4): 14.
②Richard. N. Haass. What to do with American Primacy [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1999, 78(5): 41.
③Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power[J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary): 153-171.
④刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001(第二章):1.
⑤约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:13.
⑥Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary):153-171.
①The World Economy Survey [N]. The Economist, 1996-09-28 (43).
②阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:189.
③N. Fairclough. Discourse and Social Change [M]. Cambridge: Polity, 1994:56.
①Tej K. Bhatia. World Englishes in Global Adervertising [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 603.
②Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 225-238.
③Shaheen Meraj. the Use of English in Urdu advertising in Pakistan [A]. Robert J. Baumgardner, Karachi. The English Language in Pakistan [C]. Oxford University Press, 1993:224.
①David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 35.
②H. McRac. World’s Cheapest International Calls [N]. Independent, 1996-11-16 (19).
③David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 34-35.
④王晓春.论网络对民族文化发展的影响[J].自然辩证法研究,2000(2): 37.
①Thomas Hume Dickson. We Need a Forest of Tongues [N]. The Global and Mail. 2001-07-07.
②Pan Tao. Globalization and Its Effect on International Relations [J].Beijing Review. 2001,44 (7): 8.
③Pan Tao. Globalization and Its Effect on International Relations [J].Beijing Review. 2001,44 (7): 8.
④Andrew Gonzalez. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23 (1): 13.
①姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:93-94.
②D. Rothkopt. In Praise of Cultural Imperialism [J]. Foreign Policy, 1997( Summer): 43.
③王列,杨雪冬.全球化与世界[M].中央编译出版社,1998:26.
①Artemii Iu.Romanov. British and American Words in the Russsian Language and Attitude towards Them [M]. St. Petersburg: St. Petersburg University Press, 2000: 102.
②Zoya G. Proshina, Brian P. Ettkin. English-Russian Language Contacts [J]. World Englishes, 2005, 24(4): 441.
③约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:83.
④约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:115.
⑤约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:68.
⑥刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001(第二章):13.
⑦刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001(第二章):8.
①戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革——全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:483-484.
②中文学术期刊网以“语言软权力”为主题词的文章为1篇, proquest(ARL)以language as a soft power为主题词的文章为2篇,并都与语言教学直接相关。
③Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary): 166.
④参见J·赫尔德.论语言的起源[M].姚小平,译.北京:商务印书馆,1998.
⑤R. Robin. A Short History of Linguistics: 1st ed. [M]. London: Longman, 1967: 151-152.
⑥W·洪堡特.论思维和说话[M].姚小平,译.长沙:湖南教育出版社,2001:54.
⑦Jacques Derrida. [D]. English translation, Chicago, 1982: Chapter 1. // Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 12.
①George Yule. The Study of Language [M]. Peking: Foreign Language teaching and Research Press, 2000: 34.
②Webster’s Third New International Dictionary [M] //林柏.国际传播理论与国际传播英语[M].北京:对外经济贸易大学出版社,2007:17.
③参见约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:46.
①F. Coulmas. Language and Economy [M]. Oxford: Blackwell, 1992: 78.
②英语,新式精神鸦片?[EB/OL]. [2007-09-10]. http://culture.news.sohu.com/20040812/n221454779.html.
③何南林.英语是如何“热”起来的[J].读书,2003(3):59-60.
④郭可.国际传播中的英语强势及影响[J].现代传播,2002(6):28
⑤Amy Chua. World on Fire. How Exprting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instabilit [M]. New York: Random House, 2003: 55.
①Peeter Vihalemm, Epp Lauk, Marju Lauristin. Estonian Media in the Process of a Change [A]. Peeter Vihalemm, Marju Lauristin. Return to the Western World, Cultural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [C]. Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997: 152.
②林柏.国际传播理论与国际传播英语[M].北京:对外经济贸易大学出版社,2007:161.
①David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 7.
②Lorenza Fonzari. English in Estonian Multicultural Society [J]. World Englishes, 1999, 18(1): 40.
③David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 59.
④阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:474-475.
①David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997:3.
②亚历山大·温特.国际政治的社会理论[M].秦亚青,译,上海:上海世纪出版集团,2000:202.
③J.V. Neustupny. Towards a Paradigm for Language Planning [J]. Language Planning Newsletter, 1983,4 (9): 1-4.
④欧盟20种语言难统一每年翻译费用超过10亿欧元[EB/OL]. [2008-12-11]. http://news.tom.com/1988/20040416-837230.html.
①David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 79-80.
②David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 80.
③刘海涛.国际关系中的语言平等:中国的作用[A]. Toward a New International Language Order [M]. Roherdam: Universala Esperanto Asocio, 2004: 197.
④Barbarra Wallraff. What Global Language? [J]. The Atlantic Monthly, 2000, 286(5): 60.
⑤康威·汉得森.国际关系[M].金帆,译.海口:海南出版社,2004:425.
⑥2003年英国理事会统计. [EB/OL]. [2008-05-15]. http://the_english_dept.tripod.com/esc.html.
①Andrew Gonzalez. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(1): 13.
②Andrew Gonzalez. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(1): 12.
③English as Weapon to Fight Terror [N]. The Weekend Australian, 2002-07-20 (C13).
④Sohail Karmani. Petrol Linguistics: the Emerging Nexus Between Oil, English, and Islam[J]. Journal of Language, Identity and Education, 2005, 4(2): 100.
⑤A. Iqbal. Mastering the Madrassas [N/OL]. Washington Times, 2003-08-17 [2008-07-01]. http://www.washtimes.com/world/20030817-123032-5826r.htm.
⑥J. Coffman. Higher Education in the Gulf: Privatization and Americanization [J/OL]. International Higher Education, 2003, 33(Fall) [2008-07-01]. http://www.bc.edu/bc_org/avp/soe/cihe/newsletter/News33/text009.htm.
①The Dominance of English: Colleges worldwide abandon their native languages for a common tongue [J]. The Chronicle of Higher Education, 2000-09-08 (1).
②John Rennie Short, Yeong Armando Boniche, Patrick Kim, Li li. Cultural Globalization, Global English, and Geography Journals [J]. Professional Geographer, 2001, (1): 5.
③John M. Swales. English as Tyrannosaurus Rex [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(3): 379.
①Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 66.
①约纳森·亚当斯,马克思·赫尔斯.中国的崛起尚未削弱英文影响[EB/OL]. [2008-09-25]. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20216718/site/newsweek/.
②Mohammed Nour. Language school graduate a must [N]. The Egyptian Gazette, 1992-03-05 (8).
①Headline [N]. Independent, 1996-02-22 (1).
①洛特非·马赫兹.世界传播概览——媒体与新技术的挑战[M].师淑云,等译.北京:中国对外翻译出版公司/联合国教科文组织,1999:132.
②孙晶.文化霸权理论研究[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2004:270.
③Global Language Monitor, http://www.internetworldstats.com/stats7.htm的数据为30%,Global Reach, http://www.glreach.com/globstats/index.php3.的数据为35.8%.
①P. Dickson,A. Cumming. Profiles of Language Education in 25 Countries [M]. Slough: NFER, 1996: 35.
②China Boosts English [N]. 21st Century, 2001-03-29 (14)
①Ravinder Gargesh. South Asian Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006:95.
②S. Mansoor. TEFL in Pakistan: Emerging Issues [J]. ASIA TEFL, 2004, 1(1): 351-352.
③F. H. Shahed. English in Bangladesh: A Study of Urban Educated Public Attitudes [D]. Delhi: Jawaharlal Nehru University, 2001: 25.
④Kanavillil Rajagopalan. South American Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 153.
⑤Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 71-72.
⑥Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000,19(2): 231.
①S. Mansoor. TEFL in Pakistan: Emerging Issues [J]. ASIA TEFL, 2004, 1(1): 350.
②Ravinder Gargesh. South Asian Englishes [J]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 96.
③伊怀杰.以色列的国际传播机制[A].陈卫星.国际关系与全球传播[C].北京:北京广播学院出版社,2003:56.
④David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 45.
①魏龙泉.美国图书出口的八种方法[J].编辑学刊,1998(6):24.
①乔飞.美国图书销售五大现状[J].国外出版瞭望,2003,375(7上旬刊):16.
②王蕾.美国图书宣传研究[M].长春:东北师范大学出版社,2003:151.
③聚焦美国图书出版业的收购兼并[J].中国高校科技与产业化,2005(5):72.
④曾华国.媒体的扩张:大众媒体的产业化、集约化和全球化[M].广州:南方日报出版社,2004:57.
①明安香.美国:超级传媒帝国[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2005:55.
②郭可.当代对外传播[M].上海:复旦大学出版社,2003:38.
①Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 233.
②网址为:http://service.spiegel.de/cache/international/0,1518,321949,00.html.
③Christina Schaeffner. English– speaking Readers: Spiegel International [J]. Language and Intercultural Communication, 2005, 5(2): 157-158.
①Kwadwo Anokwa, Carolyn A. Lin, Michael B. Salwen. International Communication: Concepts and Cases [M]. Belmont: Wadsworth, 2003: 180.
②姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:198.
③Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 512.
④What’s Gone Wrong? [J]. Media Business School, 1995-05-24: 2.
⑤李怀亮,刘悦笛.文化巨无霸:当代美国文化产业研究[M].广州:广东人民出版社,2005:256.
⑥US Entertainment Industry: 2003 MPA Market Statistics [R]. Motion Picture Association, 2004: 4.
①Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 70.
②Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 70.
①EMS Survey [J]. Cable and Satellite Europe, 1997(1): 23.
②T. Sysfret. Trend Setters [J]. Cable And Satellite Europe, 1997(1): 37.
③O. Findahl. Language in the Age of Satellite Television [J]. European Journal of Communication, 1989(14): 133-159.
④Peeter Vihalemm, Epp Lauk, Marju Lauristin. Estonian Media in the Process of Change [A]. Marju Lauristin, Peeter Vihalemn. Return to the Western World. Culrural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [C]. Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997: 239.
⑤姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:197.
①UNESCO. World Culture Report 1998: Culture, Creativity and Markets [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational,Scientific and Cultural Organization, 1998.
①UNESCO. World Communication Report: the Media and the Challenge of the New Technology [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultrual Organisation, 1997: 180.
②A.G.Tudesq. L’Afrique noire et ses televisions [M]. Paris: Anthropos/INA, 1992: 158. //洛特非·马赫兹.世界传播概览——媒体与新技术的挑战[M].师淑云,等译.北京:中国对外翻译出版公司,1999:268.
①E. de Bens, H. de Smaele. The Flow of American Television Fiction on European Broadcast Channels Revisited [J]. European Journal of Communication, 2001(16): 51-76.
②B. J. Falenheim. The Flow of Television Programs in South America in the Context of Regionism [D]. University of Texas at Austin, 1998.
③McPhail, Thomas L. Global Communication: Theories, Stakeholders and Trends [M]. Allyn & Bacon, 2002: 106.
④David Crystal. English as a Global Languag e[M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 94.
⑤罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:56.
⑥罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:60.
⑦李怀亮,刘悦笛.文化巨无霸:当代美国文化产业研究[M].广州:广东人民出版社,2005:183.
①Joseph Straubhaar, Robert La Rose. Media Now– Understanding Media, Culture and Technology: 4th ed. [M]. Thomson Learning, 2004: 471.
②Linda Gentry El-Dash, Joanne Busnardo. Brazilian Attitudes toward English: Dimensions of Status and Solidarity [J]. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2001, 11(1): 74.
①Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 273.
②Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 276.
③Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 283.
④Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 17.
⑤皮埃尔·布尔迪厄.言语意味着什么[M].楮思真,等译.北京:商务印书馆,2005:20—23.
⑥参见皮埃尔·布尔迪厄.言语意味着什么[M].楮思真,等译.北京:商务印书馆,2005.
①Florian Coulmas. Changing Language Regimes in Globalizing Environment [A]. International Journal of the Sociology of Language [C]. 2005(175/176): 12.
②Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 52.
③Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 57-60.
④参见爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.文化与帝国主义[M].李琨,译.北京:三联书店出版社,2003.
⑤Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 58-59.
①A. A. Mazrui. Political Values and the Educated Class in Africa [M]. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1978: 15.
②Ngugi wa Thiong’o. The Language of African Literature [A]. New Left Review, 1985(5/6): 115.
③布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:36.
④A. A. Mazrui. The African University as a Multinational Corporation [A]. P. G. Altbach, G. P. Kelly. Education and Colonialism [C]. New York and London: Longman, 1978: 334.
⑤D. P. Pattanayak. Change, Language and the developing World [A]. H. Coleman, L. Cameron. Change and Language [C]. Clevwdon: Multilingual Matters/BAAL., 1996: 50.
①Mohammed Nour. Language School Graduate a Must [N]. The Egyptian Gazette, 1992-03-05(8).
②约纳森·亚当斯,马克思·赫尔斯.中国的崛起尚未削弱英文影响[EB/OL]. [2008-09-25]. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20216718/site/newsweek/.
③陈世敏.大众传播与文化变迁[M].台北:三民书局,1992:202-203.
④参见H. Schiller. Mass Communications and American Empire: Rev.ed. [M]. New York: Westview Press, 1992.
⑤H.Schiller. Striving for Communication Dominance: a Half-century Review [A]. D. Thussu. Electronic Empire [C]. London: Arnold, 1998: 23.
⑥阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:11.
①参见J·汤林森.文化帝国主义[M].冯建三,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1999.
②参见S. Latouche. The Westernization of the World: the Significance, scope and limits of the drive toward global uniformity [M]. translated by R. Morris. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1996; H. Amin. Egypt and the Arab World in the Satellite Age [A]. E. Jacka, J. Sinclair, S. Cunningham. New Patterns in Global Television [C]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997; E. Herman, R. McChesney. The Global Media: the New Missionaries of Corporate Capitalism [M]. London: Cassell, 1997.
③电脑与网络. [EB/OL]. [2009-03-24].www.hbsz.cn/tushu/14/gljx/ts014073.pdf 199K.
①W. Gibbs. Lost Science in the Third World [J]. Scientific Ameircan, 1995(8): 80.
②Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 8.
③David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 39.
①T. Masemola, F. Khan. English onslaught: Indigenous Languages under threat [N]. The Daily News, December 6, 2000-11-06 (11).
②Vivian de Klerk. English around the World: Focus on South Africa [M]. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 1996:7
③刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001:第六章.
④汉鼎资询.新东方引原版剑桥商务英语新成果[EB/OL]. [2009-03-24]. http://www.education-training .com.cn/article/4b/165.html.
①黄欣.论英语在我国的产业化发展[J].集团经济研究,2007(19):116.
②朱步冲.英语的“乌托邦”[EB/OL].[2007-05-09]. http://culture.people.com.cn/GB/27296/3301820.html.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 192.
④朱步冲.英语的“乌托邦”[EB/OL].[2007-05-09]. http://culture.people.com.cn/GB/27296/3301820.html.
①B. Einhorn, D. Roberts. China’s Web Masters [J]. Business Week, 1999-08-02 (28).
②Children’s television: a globalised market [J]. Screen Digest, 1999(5): 105-107
①UNESCO,World Culture Report 1998: Culture, Creativity and Markets [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, 1998: 164.
②P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 369.
③A. Pennycook. The Cultural Politics of English as an International Language [M]. London: Longman, 1994: 156.
④Natasa Kovacevic. Linguistic Imperialism Revisited: English in Recent Yugoslav Diasporic Experience [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(2): 323-326.
①Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 83.
②David Graddol. The Future of English?[M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 2.
③巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:60.
①刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001:结语.
②Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 53.
③彼得·卡赞斯坦.地区构成的世界:美国帝权中的亚洲和欧洲[M].秦亚青,魏玲,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2007:91.
①U.S. Department of Education. National Center for Education Statistics [R]. the Condition of Education 2006.
②巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:311.
③巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:314.
④康威·汉得森.国际关系[M].金帆,译.海口:海南出版社,2004:441.
⑤阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:483.
⑥阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:488-489.
①李一文,马风书.当代国际组织与国际关系[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2002:1.
②The Non-Governmental Order [J]. the Economist, 1999-11-11.
③阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:486.
④巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:311.
①巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:311-312.
②Joshua A. Fisherman, Andrew W. Conrad, Rubal-Lopez Alma. Post-Imperial English [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996:639.
①Thomas Friedman. The Lexus and the Oliver Tree [M]. New York: Anchor Books, 2000: xvi.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 3.
③Amy Chua. World on Fire: How Exporting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instability [M]. New York: Random House, 2003: 6.
④Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 60.
⑤Joshua A. Fisherman, Andrew W. Conrad, Rubal-Lopez Alma. Post-Imperial English [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996: 639.
①巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:315.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997:33.
③王晓德.关于“美国化”和全球多元文化发展的思考[J].美国研究,2003(3):102.
④王晓德.关于“美国化”和全球多元文化发展的思考[J].美国研究,2003(3):101.
①David Graddol, Dick Leith, Joan Swann English: History, Diversity and Change [M]. London: Routledge, 1996: 136.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 59.
③罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:49-50.
④David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 136.
⑤Webster Noah. Dissertation on the English Language [D]. 1789.
①David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 136-138.
②巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:311.
③David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 2.
④David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997 :30-31.
⑤阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:477.
⑥David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 6.
⑦巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:310.
①约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:99-100.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 37.
①胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007:98-100.
②World Bank. World Development Indicator [R].2003: 298-300.
③胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007:101.
④刘晓莉,吴晶,郭丽琨.中文应用价值不断提升汉语国际推广进入最好期[EB/OL].[2008-12-11].http://www.ce.cn/culture/focus/200607/06/t20060706_7625033.shtml.
⑤易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7):40.
⑥徐晓燕.汉语将改变世界大脑[J].今日中国,2005(7):54.
⑦刘晓莉,吴晶,郭丽琨.中文应用价值不断提升汉语国际推广进入最好期[EB/OL].[2008-12-11].http://www.ce.cn/culture/focus/200607/06/t20060706_7625033.shtml.
①程瑛.孔子—你还能带领中国人在崎岖的文化小道上走[EB/OL]. [2008-12-09]. http://club.sohu.com/r-immure-28641-0-0-0.html.
②胡键.中国软力量:要素、资源、能力[A].上海社会科学院世界经济与政治研究院.国际体系与中国的软力量(国际关系研究):第二辑[C].北京:时事出版社,2006:132.
③吴晶.中国将帮助海外培养本土汉语教师[EB/OL]. [2008-09-22]. news.qq.com/a/20080922/003027.html.
④张文洁.国内对外汉语教学传播现状研究——以武大国际教育学院相关调查为样本[J].青年记者,2006(22):79.
⑤徐晓燕.汉语将改变世界大脑[J].今日中国,2005(7):55.
①约纳森·亚当斯,马克思·赫尔斯.中国的崛起尚未削弱英文影响[EB/OL]. [2008-09-25]. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20216718/site/newsweek/.
②“十一五”规划与中国未来发展走向[N/OL].人民论坛,2005-11-20 [2009-02-20].http://www.ce.cn/xwzx/gnsz/gdxw/200511/20/t20051120_5263432.shtml.
①Nobuyuki Honna, Yuko Takeshita. English education in Japan today: The impact of changing policies [A]. Wah Kam Ho, et al. English Language Teaching in East Asia Today. Singapore: Eastern University Press [C]. 2003: 183-211.
②Honna, Nobuyuki. East Asian Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 120.
③SHu-ling Ko, Lindy Yeh. English to be Made Official [N]. Taipei Times(Taiwan), 2002-05-01.
④参见汪榕培.中国英语是客观存在的[J].解放军外语学院学报,1991(1):1-8.
⑤参见李文中.中国英语与中国式英语[J].外语教学与研究,1993 (4):18-24.
⑥参见何自然.我国近年来的语用学研究[J].现代外语,1994(4).
⑦参见谢之君.中国英语:跨文化语言交际中的干扰变体[J].现代外语,1995(4).
⑧参见杜瑞清,姜亚军.近二十年“中国英语”研究述评[J].外语教学与研究,2001(1).
①参见B. Kachru. English in the World, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1985.
②Braf B. Kachru. Institionalized Second-language Varietie s[A]. Sidney Greenbaum. The English Language Today, Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1985: 124.
③WTO. International Trade Statistics 2006 [EB/OL]. [2008-10-15].http://www.wto.org/English/res-e/statis-e.htm.
④胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007:106.
①倪保志.谁与争锋:多极世界与中国[M].济南:山东大学出版社,2005:182.
②WTO. International Trade Statistics 2005. [EB/OL]. [2008-10-15].http://www.wto.org/English/res-e/statis-e.htm.
③易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7):40.
④易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7):40.
①汉语在亚洲有比肩英语趋势[EB/OL]. [2008-12-24]. http://news.sina.com.cn/c/2006-01-13/09067972136s.shtml.
②全世界讲中国话:汉语入世时代来了吗?[EB/OL]. [2008-10-20]. http://www.china.com.cn/book/txt/2008-10/20/content_16638844_2.htm.
③汉语成为中国另一个出口热潮[J].海外华文教育动态,2006(1):9.
④徐晓燕.汉语将改变世界大脑[J].今日中国,2005(7):55.
①梁英明.战后东南亚华人社会变化研究[M].北京:昆仑出版社,2001:167.
②易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7):40.
③塞缪尔·亨廷顿.文明的冲突与世界秩序的重建[M].周琪,等译.北京:新华出版社,1998:22.
④国务院新闻办公室.中国的和平发展道路白皮书[R/OL].北京:国务院新闻办公室,2005-12-22. [2009-03-20]. http://news.xinhuanet.com/politics/2005-12/22/content_3954937.htm.
⑤National Intelligence Council. Mapping the Global Future [EB/OL]. [2008-11-20].http://www.foia.cia.gov/2020/2020.pdf.
⑥胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007:33.
①阿诺德·汤因比.历史研究(修订插图本) [M].刘北成,郭小凌译.上海:上海人民出版社,2000:78彩图注释.
[1]蔡永良.美国的语言教育与语言政策[M].上海:上海三联出版社,2007.
[2]蔡昌卓.美国英语史:美国英语融合于创新的历史研究[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2002.
[3]蔡骐,孙有中.现代美国大众文化[M].北京:中国经济出版社,2000.
[4]陈大斌,王玉成.国际大众传播媒介简介[M].青岛:青岛出版社,1993.
[5]陈世敏.大众传播与文化变迁[M].台北:三民书局,1992.
[6]陈忠华,韩晓玲.语言学与文化人类学的边缘化及其交迭领域[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2007.
[7]陈紫华.一个岛国的崛起——英国工业革命[M].成都:西南师范大学出版社,1992.
[8]戴问天.为什么是英语[M].北京:东方出版社,2003.
[9]董健.超越国家——从主权破裂到新文明朦胧[M].北京:当代世界出版社,2002.
[10]范中汇.英国文化[M].北京:文化艺术出版社,2003.
[11]高振强.全球著名媒体经典案例剖析[M].北京:中国国际广播出版社,2003.
[12]龚铁鹰.软权力的系统分析[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2008.
[13]顾曰国.变化中的英语[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,1997.
[14]郭可.当代对外传播[M].上海:复旦大学出版社,2003.
[15]郭鸿杰.英语对现代汉语的影响——语言认知研究法[M].上海:上海交通大学出版社,2005.
[16]郭圣铭.美国独立战争[M].北京:商务印书馆,1984.
[17]胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007.
[18]哈佛燕京学社.全球化与文明对话[M].南京:江苏教育出版社,2004.
[19]花建,等.软权力之争:全球化视野中的文化潮流[M].上海:上海社会科学院出版社,2001.
[20]黄安年.美国的崛起——17—19世纪的美国[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1992.
[21]金惠康.中国英语[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2004.
[22]姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005.
[23]蒋孟引.英国史[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1998.
[24]蒋原伦.媒体文化与消费文化[M].北京:中国编译出版社,2004.
[25]李怀亮,刘悦笛.文化巨无霸:当代美国文化产业研究[M].广州:广东人民出版社,2005.
[26]李希光,周庆安主编.软力量与全球传播[M].北京:清华大学出版社,2005.
[27]李希光,周庆安.软力量与全球传播[M].北京:清华大学出版社,2005.
[28]李幸,刘荃.传播媒介的历史之光——广播电影电视史论[M].南京:南京师范大学出版社,2006.
[29]李一文,马风书.当代国际组织与国际关系[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2002.
[30]李荫华.英语词典初探[M].北京:商务印书馆,1985.
[31]梁英明.战后东南亚华人社会变化研究[M].北京:昆仑出版社,2001.
[32]林柏.国际传播理论与国际传播英语[M].北京:对外经济贸易大学出版社,2007.
[33]刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001.
[34]刘德斌.国际关系史[M].北京:高等教育出版社,2003.
[35]刘登阁.全球文化风暴[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2000
[36]刘国柱.美国文化的新边疆[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2005.
[37]刘继南,周积华,段鹏.国际传播与国家形象——国际关系的新视角[M].北京:北京广播学院出版社,2002.
[38]刘继南.大众传播与国际关系[M].北京:北京广播学院出版社,1999.
[39]陈卫星.国际关系与全球传播[M].北京:北京广播学院出版社,2003.
[40]刘金源,洪霞.潮汐英国人[M].成都:四川人民出版社,2001.
[41]刘伟胜.文化霸权概论[M].石家庄:河北人民出版社,2002.
[42]刘绪贻,杨生茂.美国通史:第4卷[M].北京:人民出版社,2001.
[43]罗钢、刘象愚.后殖民主义文化理论[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1999.
[44]明安香.美国:超级传媒帝国[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2005.
[45]倪保志.谁与争锋:多极世界与中国[M].济南:山东大学出版社,2005.
[46]潘一禾.文化与国际关系[M].南京:浙江大学出版社,2005.
[47]潘知常,林玮.大众传媒与大众文化[M].上海:上海人民出版社,2002.
[48]齐世荣.英国:从称霸世界到回归欧洲[M].西安:三秦出版社,2005.
[49]裘克安.英语与英国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993.
[50]齐沪扬.传播语言学[M].郑州:河南人民出版社,2000.
[51]齐小新.美国文化研究导论[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2001.
[52]钱乘旦,许洁明.英国通史[M].上海:上海社会科学院出版社,2003.
[53]钱冠连.语言:人类最后的家园[M].北京:商务印书馆,2005.
[54]申小龙.语言与文化的现代思考[M].郑州:河南人民出版社,2000.
[55]上海社会科学院世界经济与政治研究院.国际体系与中国的软力量[M].北京:时事出版社,2006.
[56]世界知识年鉴编辑委员会.世界知识年鉴[M].北京:世界知识出版社,1988.
[57]施兴和.近代国际关系史[M].合肥:安徽大学出版社,2003.
[58]滕藤.开创现代文明的帝国——英国百年强国历程[M].哈尔滨:黑龙江人民出版社,1998.
[59]童之侠.国际传播语言学[M].北京:中国传媒大学出版社,2005.
[60]王福祥,吴汉樱.语言学:历史·理论·方法[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2008.
[61]王杰.国际格局与国际组织[M].北京:北京大学出版社,1993.
[62]王蕾.美国图书宣传研究[M].长春:东北师范大学出版社,2003.
[63]王联.世界民族主义论[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2005.
[64]王列,杨雪冬.全球化与世界[M].北京:中央编译出版社,1998.
[65]王宁,薛晓源.全球化与后殖民批评[M].北京:中央编译出版社,1998.
[66]王昺,姜芃.加拿大文明[M].福州:福建教育出版社,2008.
[67]王觉非.近代英国史[M].南京:南京大学出版社,1997.
[68]王绳祖.国际关系史(1648—1814)(第一卷)[M].北京:世界知识出版社,1995.
[69]王晓德.美国文化和美国外交[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2000.
[70]王星,等.人类文化的空间组合[M].上海:上海人民出版社,1990.
[71]王义桅.世界是椭圆的:未来国际秩序展望[M].上海:同济大学出版社,2007.
[72]王逸舟.世界政治与中国外交[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2003.
[73]王逸舟.西方国际政治:历史与理论[M].上海:上海人民出版社,1998.
[74]王逸舟.全球化和新经济[M].北京:中国发展出版社,2002.
[75]王振华.英联邦兴衰[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1991.
[76]吴士余.大众文化研究[M].上海:上海三联书店,2001.
[77]解力夫,冯光.白金汉宫的春秋——英国王室[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,1998.
[78]阎照祥.英国史[M].北京:人民出版社,2003.
[79]颜治强.世界英语概论[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2002.
[80]殷晓蓉.网络传播文化:历史与未来[M].北京:清华大学出版社,2005.
[81]尤泽顺.乔姆斯基:语言、政治与美国对外政策研究[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2005.
[82]余建华.民族主义:历史遗产与时代风云的交汇[M].北京:学林出版社,1999.
[83]余薇.英语国际化形势下中国英语教育发展史研究[D].济南:山东大学,2008.
[84]余志森.英国史话[M].上海:上海辞书出版社,1998.
[85]袁明.国际关系史[M].北京:北京大学出版社,1994.
[86]张公瑾,丁石庆.文化语言学教程[M].北京:教育科学出版社,2004.
[87]张顺洪,孟庆龙,毕健康.英美新殖民主义[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2007.
[88]张晓明,尹昌龙,李平.国际文化产业发展报告(2007第一卷)[R].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2007.
[89]张亚东.重商帝国:1689—1783年的英帝国研究[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2004.
[90]赵淑萍.美国电视纵横[M].北京:华文出版社,1999.
[91]赵一凡.美国的历史文献[M].北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1989.
[92]郑立信,顾嘉祖.美国英语与美国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993.
[93]郑寅达,费佩君.澳大利亚史[M].上海:华东师范大学出版社,1991.
[94]中国现代国际关系研究所.信息革命与国际关系[M].北京:时事出版社,2002.
[95]庄宗明.世界经济学[M].北京:科学出版社,2003.
[1] [苏]阿·符·叶菲莫夫.美国史纲(1492年—19世纪70年代)[M].庚声,译.北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1972.
[2] [美]阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.北京:新华出版社,1996.
[3] [法]阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[4] [英]阿诺德·汤因比.历史研究(修订插图本)[M].刘北成,郭小凌译.上海:上海人民出版社,2000.
[5] [英]阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991.
[6] [美]阿瑟·林克,威廉·卡顿. 1900年以来的美国史[M].刘绪贻,等译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1983.
[7] [美]爱德华·赫尔曼,罗伯特·麦克切斯尼.全球媒体——全球资本主义的新传教士[M].甄春亮,等译.天津:天津人民出版社,2001.
[8] [美]爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.东方学[M].王宇根,译.北京:三联书店出版社,1999.
[9] [美]爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.文化与帝国主义[M].李琨译.北京:三联书店出版社,2003.
[10] [英]埃里·凯杜里.民族主义[M].张明明,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[11] [英]安东尼·史密斯.民族主义——理论,意识形态,历史[M].叶江,译.上海:上海世纪出版集团,2006.
[12] [英]安东尼·D·史密斯.全球化时代的民族与民族主义[M].龚维斌,良警宇,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[13] [英]巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,主译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004.
[14] [英]巴兹尔·戴维逊.现代非洲史[M].舒晨,李立清,张学姗,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1989.
[15] [美]彼得·卡赞斯坦.地区构成的世界:美国帝权中的亚洲和欧洲[M].秦亚青,魏玲,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2007.
[16] [英]布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996.
[17] [英] D·G·E·霍尔.东南亚史[M].中山大学东南亚历史研究所,译.北京:商务印书馆,1982.
[18] [英]达雅·屠苏.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004.
[19] [英]戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001.
[20] [美]道格拉斯·凯尔纳.媒体奇观——当代美国社会文化透视[M].史安斌,译.北京:清华大学出版社,2003.
[7] [美]爱德华·赫尔曼,罗伯特·麦克切斯尼.全球媒体——全球资本主义的新传教士[M].甄春亮,等译.天津:天津人民出版社,2001.
[8] [美]爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.东方学[M].王宇根,译.北京:三联书店出版社,1999.
[9] [美]爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.文化与帝国主义[M].李琨译.北京:三联书店出版社,2003.
[10] [英]埃里·凯杜里.民族主义[M].张明明,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[11] [英]安东尼·史密斯.民族主义——理论,意识形态,历史[M].叶江,译.上海:上海世纪出版集团,2006.
[12] [英]安东尼·D·史密斯.全球化时代的民族与民族主义[M].龚维斌,良警宇,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[13] [英]巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,主译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004.
[14] [英]巴兹尔·戴维逊.现代非洲史[M].舒晨,李立清,张学姗,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1989.
[15] [美]彼得·卡赞斯坦.地区构成的世界:美国帝权中的亚洲和欧洲[M].秦亚青,魏玲,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2007.
[16] [英]布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996.
[17] [英] D·G·E·霍尔.东南亚史[M].中山大学东南亚历史研究所,译.北京:商务印书馆,1982.
[18] [英]达雅·屠苏.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004.
[19] [英]戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001.
[20] [美]道格拉斯·凯尔纳.媒体奇观——当代美国社会文化透视[M].史安斌,译.北京:清华大学出版社,2003.
[36] [德]里夏德·范迪尔门.欧洲近代生活:宗教、巫术、启蒙运动[M].王亚平,译.北京:东方出版社,2005.
[37] [美]林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005.
[38] [美]卢瑟·S·路德克.构建美国——美国的社会与文化[C].王波,王一多,译.南京:江苏人民出版社,2006.
[39] [法]路易·多洛.国际文化关系[M].孙恒,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1987.
[40] [美]罗伯特·福特纳.国际传播:全球都市的历史、冲突及控制[M].刘利群,译.北京:华夏出版社,2000.
[41] [美]罗伯特·基欧汉,约瑟夫·奈.权力与相互依赖[M].林茂辉,段胜武,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2002.
[42] [英]罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社, 2005.
[43] [美] M·德图佐斯.未来的社会[M].周昌忠,译.上海:上海译文出版社,1998.
[44] [法]马尔库塞.爱欲与文明[M].黄勇,薛民,译.上海:上海译文出版社,1987.
[45] [美]马克·波斯特.第二媒介时代[M].范静哗,译.南京:南京大学出版社,2001.
[46] [美]马克·波斯特.信息方式——后结构主义与社会语境[M].范静哗,译.北京:商务印书馆,2000.
[47] [德]马勒茨克.跨文化交流:不同文化的人与人之间的交往[M].潘亚玲,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2001.
[48] [美]迈克尔·埃默里,南希·L·罗伯茨.美国新闻史——大众传播媒介解释史:第9版[M].展江,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2004.
[49] [英]尼克·史蒂文森.认识媒介文化——社会理论与大众传播[M].王文斌,译.北京:商务印书馆,2003.
[50] [英]诺曼·戴维斯.欧洲史[M].郭方,刘北成,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2007.
[51] [美]欧文·拉兹洛.多种文化的星球[M].戴侃、辛未,译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001.
[52] [法]皮埃尔·布尔迪厄.言语意味着什么[M].楮思真,等译.北京:商务印书馆,2005.
[53] [美]乔纳森·弗里德.文化认同与全球性过程[M].周宪、许钧,译.北京:商务印书馆,2003.
[54] [英]屈勒味林.英国史[M].钱端升,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,2008.
[55] [法]让-诺埃尔·让纳内.西方媒介史[M].段惠敏,译,桂林:广西师范大学出版社,2005.
[56] [法]让·瑟利耶,安德烈·瑟利耶.西欧人文图志[M].吕艳霞,王恬,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2008.
[57] [美]塞缪尔·亨廷顿.我们是谁:美国国家特性面临的挑战[M].程克雄,译.北京:新华出版社,2005.
[58] [美]塞缪尔·亨廷顿.文明的冲突与世界秩序的重建[M].周琪,等译.北京:新华出版社,1998.
[59] [美]时代-生活图书公司.伊丽莎白王朝·英格兰[M].刘新义,译.济南:山东画报出版社,2001.
[60] [苏]斯大林.马克思主义与语言学问题[M].中共中央马克思、恩格斯、列宁、斯大林著作编译局,译.北京:人民出版社,1953.
[61] [英]提莫·邓恩,密切尔·考克斯,肯·布斯.八十年危机:1919—1999年的国际关系[M].周丕启,译.北京:新华出版社,2003.
[62] [德] W·洪堡特.论思维和说话[M].姚小平,译.长沙:湖南教育出版社,2001.
[63] [美]威廉·麦克高希.世界文明史——观察世界的新视角[M].董建中,等译.北京:新华出版社,2003.
[64] [英]温斯顿·丘吉尔.英语国家史略[M].薛力敏,林林,译.北京:新华出版社,1983.
[65] [美]西蒙斯.美国早期史:从殖民地建立到独立[M].朱绛,等译.北京:商务印书馆,1994.
[66] [苏]谢列兹涅夫.心理战:战争与意识形态斗争[M].张俊英译.长春:吉林人民出版社,1981.
[67] [法]雅克·杜加斯特. 19世纪和20世纪之交的欧洲文化生活[M].黄艳红,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2007.
[68] [美]约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002.
[69] [美]约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005.
[70] [英]伊恩·布鲁玛.伏尔泰的椰子:欧洲的英国文化热[M].刘雪岚,萧萍,译.北京:三联出版社,2007.
[71] [英]亚历山大·温特.国际政治的社会理论[M].秦亚青,译,上海:上海世纪出版集团,2000.
[72] [英]詹姆斯·卡瑞,珍·辛顿.英国新闻史:第3版[M].栾轶枚,译,北京:清华大学出版社,2005.
[73] [日]佐藤卓己.现代传媒史[M].诸葛蔚东,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2004.
[1]蔡永良.语言历史主义——论历史学与语言学的交叉研究[J].常熟高专学报,2004(1).
[2]曹杰旺.关于英语霸权时代民族语言文化保护的思考[J].当代世界与社会主义,2005(4).
[3]陈玉聃.论文化软权力的边界[J].现代国际关系,2006(1).
[4]陈燕谷. Hegemony(霸权/领导权)[J].读书,1995(2).
[5]杜瑞清,姜亚军.近二十年“中国英语”研究述评[J].外语教学与研究,2001(1).
[6]杜争鸣.世界英语语境与中国英语中的语言与文化[J].外语与外语教学,1998,(8).
[7]格里姆.论语言的起源[A].张会森,译.语言学译丛[M]. 1960(2).
[8]郭家宏.英国旧殖民体制的特征及其瓦解的原因[J].史学月刊,2000(6).
[9]郭可.国际传播中的英语强势及影响[J].现代传播,2002(6).
[10]何南林.英语是如何“热”起来的[J].读书,2003(3).
[11]胡鞍钢,张晓群.国际视角下中国传媒实力的实证分析——兼与黄旦、屠正锋先生商榷[J].战略与管理,清华大学学报,2007,22(3).
[12]胡键.中国软力量:要素、资源、能力[A].上海社会科学院世界经济与政治研究院.国际体系与中国的软力量(国际关系研究):第二辑[C].北京:时事出版社,2006.
[13]何自然.我国近年来的语用学研究[J].现代外语,1994(4).
[14]黄欣.论英语在我国的产业化发展[J].集团经济研究,2007(19).
[15]贾冠杰,向明友.为中国英语一辩[J].外语与外语教学,1997(5).
[16]姜守明.民族国家形成时期英国殖民扩张特点探析[J].世界历史,2004(2).
[17]姜亚军.英语姓什么[J].读书,1998(11).
[18]姜亚军,杜瑞清.有关“中国英语”的问题[J].外语教学,2003(1).
[19]教科文组织广播[J].信使,1997(2).
[20]聚焦美国图书出版业的收购兼并[J].中国高校科技与产业化,2005(5).
[21]李环.浅析美国国家软力量[J].国际关系学院学报,2002(1).
[22]李荣静.浅析当代国际关系中文化因素的作用[J].理论与现代化,2004(2).
[23]李文中.中国英语与中国式英语[J].外语教学与研究,1993 (4).
[24]林涛.国际关系理论中的权力:科技因素的视角[J].科技管理研究. 2007(12).
[25]刘德斌.软权力:美国霸权的挑战与启示[J].吉林大学社会科学学报,2001(3).
[26]刘德斌.“软权力”说的由来与发展[J].吉林大学社会科学学报,2004(4).
[27]刘海涛.国际关系中的语言平等:中国的作用[A]. Toward a New International Language Order [M]. Roherdam: Universala Esperanto Asocio, 2004.
[28]洛阳大学外国语学院课题组.美国之音新闻广播的传播特色[J].洛阳大学学报,2004,19(3).
[29]乔飞.美国图书销售五大现状[J].国外出版瞭望,2003,375(7上旬刊).
[30]秦亚青.世界政治的文化理论——文化结构、文化单位与文化力[A].秦亚青.权力·制度·文化:国际关系理论与方法研究文集[C].北京:北京大学出版社,2005.
[31]田文林.国际政治视野中的文化因素[J].现代国际关系,1999(9).
[32]王沪宁.文化扩张与文化主权:对主权观念的挑战[J].复旦学报(社会科学版),1994(3).
[33]汪榕培.中国英语是客观存在的[J].解放军外语学院学报,1991(1).
[34]王淑芳.全球化时代国际竞争主题的转换[J].理论探讨,2005(4).
[35]王晓春.论网络对民族文化发展的影响[J].自然辩证法研究,2000(2).
[36]王晓德.关于“美国化”和全球多元文化发展的思考[J].美国研究,2003(3).
[37]王晓德.美国大众文化的全球扩张及其实质[J].世界经济与政治,2004(4)..
[38]王晓德.对全球“美国化”的一种重新审视[J].学术研究,2006(4).
[39]王晓德.关于“全球化”与“美国化”的几点思考[J].史学月刊,2006(7).
[40]王晓德.美国大众文化的传播与欧洲的“美国化”[J].社会科学战线,2007(1).
[41]王晓德.“软实力”与美国大众文化的全球扩张[J].历史教学(高校版),2007(10).
[42]王晓德.全球化不等同于美国化[J].历史教学(高校版),2007(5).
[43]王银泉.英语的全球化、本土化与标准化[J].解放军外国语学院学报,2002,25(2).
[44]魏龙泉.美国图书出口的八种方法[J].编辑学刊,1998(6).
[45]谢之君.中国英语:跨文化语言交际中的干扰变体[J].现代外语,1995(4).
[46]徐晓燕.汉语将改变世界大脑[J].今日中国,2005(7).
[47]仰和,王瑜.技术优势≠文化霸权[ J].国际新闻界,2006(5).
[48]易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7).
[49]伊怀杰.以色列的国际传播机制[A].陈卫星.国际关系与全球传播[C].北京:北京广播学院出版社,2003.
[50]章杉.霸权主义的软力量和硬力量[J].理论与探索,2000(1).
[51]张建辉.英国的殖民扩张及其殖民制度体系[J].咸阳师专学报,1997(4).
[52]张杰.语言全球化:一体化与多元化[J].外国语,2002(6).
[53]张聚国.论美国殖民协会的性质[J].世界历史,2006(5)..
[54]张文洁.国内对外汉语教学传播现状研究——以武大国际教育学院相关调查为样本[J].青年记者,2006(22).
[55]张小明.重视软权力因素[J].现代国际关系,2004(3).
[56]张小明.约瑟夫·奈的软权力思想分析[J].美国研究,2005(1).
[57]赵刚.全球化时代的软权力与文化安全策略[J].国际论坛,2004,6(2).
[58]郑厚尧.从不列颠帝国到英语帝国——英语帝国主义的特征[J].长江大学学报(社会科学版),2007(4).
[59]朱峰.浅析国际关系中的软权力[J].国际论坛,2002,4(2).
[60]朱风云.英语的霸主地位与语言生态[J].外语研究,2003(6).
[1] Ammon, Ulrich. the Dominance of English as a Language of Science: Effects on Other Languages and Language Communication [M]. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 2001.
[2] Andersen, Julie T. Linguistics in America 1769-1924: A Critical History [M]. Routledge, Chapman and Hall Inc., 1990.
[3] Anokwa, Kwadwo, Lin, Carolyn A., Salwen, Michael B. International Communication: Concepts and Cases [M]. Belmont: Wadsworth, 2003.
[4] Artz, Lee, Bren Ortega Murphy. Cultural Hegemony in the United States[M]. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2000.
[5] Bazaco, Evergisto. History of Education in the Philippines [M]. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press, 1953.
[6] Barker, W. A. A General History of England, 1688—1852 [M]. London, 1963.
[7] Baugh, Albert C., Cable, Thomas. A History of the English Language [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language teaching and Research Press/ Routledge, 2001.
[8] Bell, Daniel. The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: a Venture in Social Forecasting [M]. New York: Hill and Wang, 2000.
[9] Blanchard, William H. Neocolonialism American Style [M]. CT: Greenwood Press, 1996.
[10] Boahened, A. Adu.. General History of Africa, Vol. VII. [M]. Paris: Unesco, 1991.
[11] Boorstin, Daniel J. The Americans, The Colonial Experiences [M]. Random House Inc., 1958.
[12] Brutt-Griffler, Janina. World English: A Study of Its Development [M]. Multilingual Matters Limited, 2002.
[13] Bryson, Bill. The Mother Tongue: English & how it got that way [M]. New York: William Morrow and Company, Inc., 1990.
[14] Burke, Peter. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004.
[15] Butsch, Richard, For Fun and Profit: the Transformation of Leisure into Consumption [M]. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990.
[16] Carnes, Mark C., Garraty, John A.. A History of the United States: 12th ed. [M]. Pearson Education, Inc, 2006.
[17] Chandler, Alfred D. Jr., Cortada, James W. A Nation Transformed by Information: How Information Has Shaped the United States from Colonial Times to the Present [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000.
[18] Chua, Amy. World on Fire. How Exprting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instabilit [M]. New York: Random House, 2003.
[19] Churchill, Bernardita. Education in the Philippines at the Turn of the 20th Century: Background for American Policy [M]. Unpublished manuscript, 2001.
[20] Coulmas, F. Language and Economy [M]. Oxford: Blackwell, 1992.
[21] Cooper, R. L. Language Spread: Studies in Diffusion and Social Change [M]. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, for the Center for Applied Linguistics, 1982.
[22] Craith, Mairead Nic. Language, Power and Identity Politics[M]. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.
[23] Crystal, David. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.
[24] de Crevecoeur, St. John, Hector, John.. Letters from an American Farmer [M]. New York, 1904.
[25] Dickson, P., Cumming, A. Profiles of Language Education in 25 Countries [M]. Slough: NFER, 1996.
[26] Dinnerstein, Leonard. Ethnic Americans: A History of Immigration :3th ed. [M]. New York: Harper Collins Publishers, 1988.
[27] Eggington, Williams G., Wren, Helen. Language Policy: Dominant English, Pluralist Challenges [M]. Amsterdam/Canberra: John Benjamins/Language Australia, 1997.
[28] Elkhatib, Ahmed. Case Studies of Four Egyptian College Freshman Writers majoring in English [D]. New York: Columbia University, 1984.
[29] Encyclopedia Britannica. Britannica Book of the Year [M]. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica, Inc., 1995.
[30] Falenheim, B. J. The Flow of Television Programs in South America in the Context of Regionism [D]. University of Texas at Austin, 1998.
[31] Fairclough, N. Discourse and Social Change [M]. Cambridge: Polity, 1994.
[32] Fennell, Barbara A. A History of English– A Sociolinguistic Approach [M]. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2005.
[33] Fishman, Joshua A., Cooper, R. L.,Conrad, A. W.. The Spread of English: The sociology of English as an Additional Language [M]. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House, 1977.
[34] Fishman, Joshua A., Conrad, Andrew W., Alma, Rubal-Lopez. Post-Imperial English [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996.
[35] Fought, Carmen. Language and Ethnicity [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.
[36] Freeborn, Nennis. From Old English to Standard English [M]. Peking: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press/Macmillan Publisher Ltd., 2000.
[37] Friedman, Thomas. The Lexus and the Oliver Tree [M]. New York: Anchor Books, 2000.
[38] Goerlach, Manfred. The Linguistic History of English [M]. Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1997.
[39] Gramsci, Antonio. Selections from Cultural Writings [M]. ed. David Fogacs, Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, trans. William Boelhower. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1985.
[40] Green, Jonathan. Chasing the Sun [M]. London:Random House, 1993.
[41] Greenbaum, Sidney. The English Language Today [M]. Oxford: Pergamon, 1985.
[42] Handlin, Oscar, etc. Harvard Encyclopedia of American Ethnic Groups [M]. MA: Harvard University Press, 1980.
[43] Herman, E., McChesney, R. The Global Media: the New Missionaries of Corporate Capitalism [M]. London: Cassell, 1997.
[44] Hoffman, Elizabeth Cobbs. All You Need is Love: The Peace Corps and the Spirit of 1960s [M]. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Hardwrd University Press, 1998.
[45] Hoopes, Roy. The Complete Peace Corps Guide [M]. New York: The Dial Press, INC., 1968.
[46] Hoskins, Colin, Stuart McFadyen, Adam Finn. Global Television and Film [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997.
[47] Jourdan, Christine, Tuite, Kevin. Language, Culture and Society [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.
[48] Kachru, B. English in the World [M].Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1985.
[49] Kachru, Y. C., Nelson, L. World Englishes in Asian Contexts [M]. Hongkong: Hongkong University Press, 2006.
[50] Karen, Risager. Language and Culture– Global Flows and Local Complexity [M]. Clevedon/Buffalo: Multilingual Matters, 2006.
[51] Kendall, E. The End of an Era-Africa and Missionary [M]. London: Casell, 1978.
[52] Klerk, Vivian de. English around the World: Focus on South Africa [M]. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 1996.
[53] Knowles, Gerry. A Cultural History of the English Language [M]. Arnold: a member of the Hodder Headline Group, 1979.
[54] Latouche, S. The Westernization of the World: the Significance, scope and limits of the drive toward global uniformity [M]. translated by R. Morris. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1996.
[55] Lauristin, Marju, Vihalemm, Peter. Return to the Western World, Cultural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [M], Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997.
[56] Leith, Dick. A Social History of English [M]. London: Routledge/Kegan Paul, 1983.
[57] Lindsay, J.O. The New Cambridge Modern History,Ⅶ, the Old Regime, 1713—1763 [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988.
[58] M., Vernon Jr. Briggs. Mass Immigration and the National Interest: Policy Directions for the New Century [M]. M.E: Sharpe, 1992.
[59] Macintyre, Stuart. A Concise History of Australia: 2nd. Ed. [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2006.
[60] Mair, Christian. Cultural Politics of English as a World Language: New Horizons in Postcolonial Cultural Studies [M]. Amsterdam/ New York: NY Editions Rodopi, 2003.
[61] Malherbe, Ernest G. Education in South Africa (1652—1922) [M]. Cape Town: Juta & Co., 1925.
[62] Marshall, P. J. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996.
[63] Marshall, P.J. the Oxford History of the British Empire, Vol.Ⅱ, The Eighteenth Century [M]. Oxford: Oxford University, 1998.
[64] Mazrui, A. A. Political Values and the Educated Class in Africa [M]. Berkeley /Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1978.
[65] Mc Phail, Thomas L. Global Communication: Theories, Stakeholders and Trends [M]. Allyn & Bacon, 2002.
[66] Morgan, Kenneth O. The Oxford History of Britain [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, Oxford: Oxford University, 2007.
[67] Morison, Samuel Eliot. The Oxford History of the American People: Vol.3 [M]. New York: the New American Library, Inc., 1972.
[68] Noah, Webster. Dissertation on the English Language [D]. 1789.
[69] Nye, Joseph S. Jr. Bound to Lead: The Changing Nature of American Power [M]. New York: Basic Books, 1990.
[70] Oliver, Roland, Atmore, Anthony. Africa since 1800 [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981.
[71] Pandit, S. From Making to Music: the History of Thorn EMI [M]. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1996.
[72] Pennycook, Alastair. The Cultural Politics of English as an International Language [M]. London: Longman, 1994.
[73] Pennycook, Alastair. Global Englishes and Transcultural Flows [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 2007.
[74] Phillipson, Robert. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992.
[75] Platt, J., Weber, H., Ho, M. L. The New Englishes [M]. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul,1984.
[76] Puetz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A.. Along the Routes to Power– Exploration of Empowerment through Language [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 2006.
[77] Ratner, S., Sollow, J. H., Sylla, R. The Evolution of the American Economy: Growth, Welfare and Decision Making [M]. New York: Basic Hooks, 1979.
[78] Ricento, Thomas. An Introduction to Language Policy: Theory and Method [M]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[79] Robin, R. A Short History of Linguistics: 1st ed. [M]. London: Longman, 1967.
[80] Romanov, Artemii Iu. British and American Words in the Russsian Language and Attitude towards Them [M]. St. Petersburg: St. Petersburg University Press, 2000.
[81] Samovar, Larry A., Porter, Richard E., Stefani, Lisa A. Communication between Cultures [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language teaching and Research Press/ Brooks/ Cole/ Thomson Learning Asia, 2000.
[82] Sapir, E. Language: An Introduction to the Study of Speech [M]. New York: Harcourt, Brace Co., 1921.
[83] Schement, Jorge Reina, Curtis, Terry, Tendencies and Tensions of the Information Age: The Production and Distribution of Information in the United States [M]. New Brunswick: Transaction, 1995.
[84] Schiffman, H. F. Linguistic culture and language policy [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1996.
[85] Schiller, H. Mass Communication and American Empire [M]. New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1976.
[86] Schiller, H. Communication and Cultural Domination [M]. New York: International Arts and Science Press, 1976.
[87] Searles, David. The Peace Corps Experience, Challenge and Change 1969—1976 [M]. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1997.
[88] Shahed, F. H.. English in Bangladesh: A Study of Urban Educated Public Attitudes [D]. Delhi: Jawaharlal Nehru University, 2001.
[89] Sherlock, P. West Indies [M]. London: Thames and Hudson, 1966.
[90] Skutnabb-Kangas, T., Phillipson, R. Linguistic Human Rights: Overcoming Linguistic Discrimination [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1994.
[91] Stavrianos, L. S. The World History Since 1950:A Global History: 2nded. [M]. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall Inc., 1971.
[92] Steiner, G. After Babel:Aspects of Language and Translation [M]. Oxford:Oxford University Press, 1975.
[93] Straubhaar, Joseph, La Rose, Robert. Media Now– Understanding Media, Culture and Technology: 4th ed. [M]. Thomson Learning, 2004.
[94] Sundermeier, Theo. Church and Nationalism in South Africa [M]. Johannesburg: Ravan Press, 1975.
[95] Syzliowicz, Joseph. Education and Modernization in the Middle East [M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1973.
[96] Tollefson, J. W. Language Policies in Education: Critical Issues [M]. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2002.
[97] Thussu, D. International Communication: Continuity and Change [M].London: Arnold, 2000.
[98] Tunstall, J. The Media are American: Anglo-American Media in the World [M]. London: Constable, 1977.
[99] Turner, Frederic Jackson. The Frontier in American History [M]. New York:Henry Holt, 1921.
[100] Varis, T. International Flow of Television Programmes [M]. Paris: UNESCO., 1985.
[101] Webster, Noah. An American Dictionary of the English Language [M]. New York: S.Coverse. Facsimile reprint, San Francisco: Foundation for American Christian Education, 1967.
[102] Wildman S. S., Siwek, S. E. International Trade in Films and Television Programs [M]. Cambridge, MA:Ballinger,1988.
[103] Wilhelm, D. Global Communications and Political Power [M]. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction, 1990
[104] UNDP. Human Development Report [R]. United Nations Development Programme. Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press, 1999.
[105] UNESCO. World Culture Report 1998: Culture, Creativity and Markets [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational,Scientific and Cultural Organization, 1998.
[106] Yule, George. The Study of Language [M]. Peking: Foreign Language teaching and Research Press, 2000.
[1] Amin, H. Egypt and the Arab World in the Satellite Age [A]. Jacka, E., Sinclair, J., Cunningham, S. New Patterns in Global Television [C]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997.
[2] Ammon, U. To What Extent Is German an International Language? [A]. Stevenson, P. The German Language and the Real World: Sociolinguistic, Cultural and Pragmatic Perspectives on Contemporary German [C]. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1995.
[3] Asselineau, Roger. A Complex Fate [J]. Journal of American Studies, No. 14, April 1980, 14(4).
[4] Bautista, Maria Lourdes S., Gonzales, Andrew B. Southeast Asian Englishes [J]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[5] Bens, E. de, Smaele, H. de. The Flow of American Television Fiction on European Broadcast Channels Revisited [J]. European Journal of Communication, 2001(16).
[6] Berns, M.. English in the European Union [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(3).
[7] Bhatia, Tej K. World Englishes in Global Adervertising [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[8] Coffman, J. Higher Education in the Gulf: Privatization and Americanization [J]. International Higher Education, 2003, 33 (Fall).
[9] Coulmas, Florian. Changing Language Regimes in Globalizing Environment [A]. International Journal of the Sociology of Languag e[C]. 2005(175/176).
[10] Dickson, Thomas Hume. We Need a Forest of Tongues [N]. The Global and Mail. 2001-07-07.
[11] El-Dash, Linda Gentry, Busnardo, Joanne. Brazilian Attitudes toward English: Dimensions of Status and Solidarity [J]. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2001, 11(1).
[12] Cox, James. US Success Draws Envy, Protests [N]. USA Today ,2000-08-03(1B).
[13] Essen, A. Ven. English in Mainland Europe-a Dutch Perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1996, 16(1).
[14] Findahl, O. Language in the Age of Satellite Television [J]. European Journal of Communication, 1989(14).
[15] Firth, A.“Lingua Franca”English and Conversation Analysis [J]. Journal of Pragmatics, 1996(April).
[16] Fishman, Joshua. Summary and Interpretation: Post-Imperial English 1940—1990 [A]. Fisherman, Joshua, Conrad, Andrew W. Post Imperial English [C]. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996.
[17] Fonzari, Lorenza. English in Estonian Multicultural Society [J]. World Englishes, 1999, 18(1).
[18] Gandhi, Mahatma. There is no salutation for India [A]. Arthur, B. The Penguin Book of Tweentieth-Century Speech [C]. New York: Viking, 1992.
[19] Gardels, Nathan. From Magic Kingdom to Media Empire (Interview) [J]. New Perspectives Quarterly, 1995(4) Fall: 8(3).
[20] Gargesh, Ravinder. South Asian Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[21] Gargesh, Ravinder. South Asian Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[22] Ghorpade, S. Foreign Correspondents Cover Washington for the World [J]. Journalism Quarterly, 1984.
[23] Gibbs, W. W. Lost Science in the Third World [J]. Scientific American, 1995(8).
[24] Gonzalez, Andrew. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(1).
[25] Graham, G. World English and the English Language [J]. English Today. 1995, 11(1).
[26] Grantham, Bill. America the Menace: Franceps Feud with Hollywood [J]. World Policy Journal, 1998, 15(2) Summer.
[27] Hartshorne, Ken. Language Policy in African Education: a Background to the Future [A]. Mesthrie, Rajend. Language and Social History: Studies in South African Sociolinguistics [C]. Cape Town: David Philip, 1995.
[28] Haass, Richard. N. What to do with American Primacy [J]. Foreign Affairs,1999, 78(5).
[29] Honna, Nobuyuki. East Asian Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[30] Honna, Nobuyuki, Takeshita, Yuko. English education in Japan today: The impact of changing policies [A]. Ho, Wah Kam, et al. English Language Teaching in East Asia Today. Singapore: Eastern University Press [C]. 2003.
[31] Huntington, Samuel P. The Clash of Civilization? [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1993, 72(3) summer.
[32] Imhoof, Maruice. The English Language in Egypt [J]. English Around the World, 1977, 17.
[33] Joffe, Josef. Who’s afraid of Mr.Big? [J]. The National Interest, 2001(summer).
[34] Kachru, Braf B. Institionalized Second-language Varieties [A]. Sidney Greenbaum. The English Language Today, Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1985.
[35] Kachru, B. B. the Indianization of English [J]. English Today, 1986, 6.
[36] Kachru, Braj B. The Power and Politics of English [J]. World Englishes, 1986, 5(2-3).
[37] Kachru, B. B. The Second Diaspora of English [A]. Machan, T. W., Scott, C. T. English in its Social Contexts: Essays in Historical Sociolinguistics [C]. New York/Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1988.
[38] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko M. The Social History of English in South Africa [J]. World Englishes, 2002, 21(1).
[39] Karmani, Sohail. Petrol Linguistics: the Emerging Nexus Between Oil, English, and Islam [J]. Journal of Language, Identity and Education, 2005, 4(2).
[40] Kennedy, P. Imperial Cable Communications and Stratedge 1879-1914 [J]. English Historical Review, 86.
[41] Kennedy, John F. Poland and Eastern Europe [A]. Nevins, Allan. The Strategy of Peace [M]. New York: Harper Collins, 1960.
[42] Ko, SHu-ling, Yeh, Lindy. English to be made official [N]. Taipei Times (Taiwan), 2002-05-01.
[43] Kovacevic, Natasa. Linguistic Imperialism Revisited: English in Recent Yugoslav Diasporic Experience [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(2).
[44] Kubota, Ryuko. Ideologies of English in Japan [J]. World Englishes, 1998, 17(3).
[45] Kuisel, Richard. Americanization for Historians [J]. Diplomatic History, Vol. 2000, 24(3) Summer.
[46] Kushner, Eva. English as Global Language: Problems, Dangers, Opportunities [J]. Diogenes, 2003(2).
[47] Labrie, N., Quell, C. Your Language, my Language or English? The Potential Language Choice in Communication among Nationals of the European Union [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1).
[48] Lorenza, Fonzari. English in Estonian Multicultural Society [J]. World Englishes, 1999, 118(1).
[49] Mansoor, S. TEFL in Pakistan: Emerging Issues [J]. ASIA TEFL, 2004, 1(1).
[50] Marlowe, Lara. French Minister Urges Greater UN Role to Counter US Hyperpower [J]. The Irish Times, 1999, 11(4).
[51] Masemola, T., Khan, F. English onslaught: Indigenous Languages under threat [N]. The Daily News, December 6, 2000-11-06.
[52] Matta, F. R.. The information bedazzlement of Latin America [A]. Kumar, K. Transnational Enterprises: Their Impact on Third World Societies and Cultures [C]. Boulder/CO: Westview Press, 1980.
[53] Mazrui, A. A. Some Sociopolitical Functions of English Literature in Africa [A]. Fishman, J. A., Ferguson, C. A., Gupta, J. Das. Language Problems of Developing Nations [C]. New York: Wiley, 1968.
[54] Mazrui, A. A. The African University as a Multinational Corporation [A]. Altbach, P. G., Kelly, G. P. Education and Colonialism [C]. New York and London: Longman, 1978.
[55] Mcarthur, Tom. English World-Wide in the Twentieth Century [A]. Mugglestone, Lynda. Oxford History of English [C]. Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press, 2006
[56] McRac, H. World’s Cheapest International Calls [N]. Independent, 1996-11-16.
[57] Meraj, Shaheen. the Use of English in Urdu advertising in Pakistan [A]. Baumgardner, Robert J., Karachi. The English Language in Pakistan [C]. Oxford University Press, 1993.
[58] Neustupny, J. V. Towards a Paradigm for Language Planning [J]. Language Planning Newsletter, 1983, 9(4).
[59] Nordenstreng, K., Varis, T. Television Traffic– A One Way Street? A Survey and Analysis of the International Flow of Television Programme Material [R]. Reports and Papers on Mass Communication [C], No.70, Paris: UNESCO., 1974.
[60] Nour, Mohammed. Language school graduate a must [N]. The Egyptian Gazette, 1992-03-05.
[61] Nye, Joseph S. Jr., Owens, William A. America's information edge [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1996 (3/4)
[62] Nye, Joseph S. Jr. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary).
[63] Nye, Joseph. The Redefinition of National Interest [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1999, 78(7/8).
[64] Pakir, Anne. Connecting with English in the Context of Internationalization [J]. TESOL Quarterly, 1998, 33(1).
[65] Pan Tao. Globalization and Its Effect on International Relations [J]. Beijing Review. 2001, 44(7).
[66] Pattanayak, D. P. Change, Language and the developing World [A]. Coleman, H., Cameron, L. Change and Language[C]. Clevwdon: Multilingual Matters/BAAL., 1996.
[67] Peet, J. Shopping around the World, a Survey of E-commerce [J]. the Economist, 2000-02-26.
[68] Pells, Richard. Who’s Afraid of Steven Speilberg? [J]. Diplomatic History, Vol. No3, 2000, 24(3) Summer.
[69] Proshina, Zoya G., Ettkin, Brian P. English-Russian Language Contacts [J]. World Englishes, 2005, 24(4).
[70] Pulcini, V. The English Language in Italy [J]. English Today, 1994, 10(4).
[71] Rajagopalan, Kanavillil. South American Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., KachruYamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[72] Ridder, S. English in Dutch [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(4).
[73] Rothkopf, David. In Praise of Culture Imperialism [J]. Foreign Policy, 1997, 107.
[74] Schaeffner, Christina. English– speaking Readers: Spiegel International [J]. Language and Intercultural Communication, 2005, 5(2).
[75] Schaub, Mark. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2).
[76] Schiller, H. Striving for Communication Dominance: a Half-century Review [A]. Thussu, D. Electronic Empire [C]. London: Arnold, 1998.
[77] Schmied, Josef. East African Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden/MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[78] Short, John Rennie, Boniche, Armando, Kim,Yeong. Cultural Globalization, Global English and Geography Journals [J]. Professional Geographer, 2001, 53(1).
[79] Swales, John M. English as Tyrannosaurus rex [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(3).
[80] Sysfret, T. Trend Setters [J]. Cable and Satellite Europe, 1997(1).
[81] Thiong’o, Ngugi wa. The Language of African Literature [A]. New Left Review, 1985(5/6).
[82] Truchot, Claude. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1).
[83] UESCO. Three weeks of television: an international comparative study [R]. Paris: UNESCO, 1981.
[84] UNDP. Human Development Report [R]. United Nations Development Programme. Oxford/ New York: Oxford University Press, 1999.
[85] UNESCO. Statistical Yearbook [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultrual Organisation, 1998.
[86] UNESCO. World Communication report: the media and the Challenge of the New Technology [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultrual Organisation, 1997.
[87] UNESCO,World Culture Report 1998: Culture, Creativity and Markets [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, 1998.
[88] U.S. Department of Education. National Center for Education Statistics [R]. the Condition of Education, 2006.
[89] Vihalemm, Peeter, Lauk, Epp, Lauristin, Marju. Estonian Media in the Process of a Change [A]. Vihalemm, Peeter, Lauristin, Marju. Return to the Western World, Cultural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [C]. Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997.
[90] Wagnleitner, Reinhold. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer.
[91] Wallerstein, Immanuel. The Eagle Has Crash Landed [J]. Foreign Policy, 2002 (7/8).
[92] Wallraff, Barbarra. What Global Language? [J]. The Atlantic Monthly, 2000, 286(5).
[93] White, J. The Historical Background to National Education in Tanzania [A].Polome, E. C., Hill, C. P. Language in Tanzania [C]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, for the International African Institute, 1980.
[94] World Bank. World Development Indicator [R]. 2003.
[95] WTO. International Trade Statistics 2005 [R]. Table IV.69.
[96] A World Empire by Other Means: The Triumph of English [J]. Christmas special of The Economist, 2001 -12-22 .
[97] the Ad Age Data Center. Top 10 internet companies ranked by net U.S. internet media revenue in 2003 [R]. Crain Communications Inc., 2004-08-23.
[98] China Boosts English [N]. 21st Century, 2001-03-29.
[99] EMS Survey [J]. Cable and Satellite Europe, 1997(1).
[100] Children’s Televison: a Globalised Market [J]. Screen Digest, 1999(5).
[101] The Dominance of English: Colleges Worldwide Abandon Their Native Languages for a Common Tongue [J]. The Chronicle of Higher Education, 2000-09-08 .
[102] English as Weapon to Fight Terror [N]. The Weekend Australian, 2002-07-20.
[103] the Fortune Global 500: the World’s Largest Corporations [J]. Fortune, 1999-08-02.
[104] Headline [N]. Independent, 1996-02-22.
[105] New Initiatives in International Education ( Panel Discussion ) [R]. The Department of State Bulletin, 1966-07-18(95).
[106] The Non-Governmental Order [J]. the Economist, 1999-11-11.
[107] US Entertainment Industry: 2003 MPA Market Statistics [R]. Motion Picture Association, 2004.
[108] The World Economy Survey [N]. The Economist, 1996-09-28.
[1]程瑛.孔子—你还能带领中国人在崎岖的文化小道上走[EB/OL]. [2008-12-09]. http://club.sohu.com/r-immure-28641-0-0-0.html.
[2]国务院新闻办公室.中国的和平发展道路白皮书[R/OL].北京:国务院新闻办公室,2005-12-22. [2009-03-20]. http://news.xinhuanet.com/politics/2005-12/22/content_3954937.htm.
[3]汉鼎资询.新东方引原版剑桥商务英语新成果[EB/OL]. [2009-03-24]. http://www.education-training .com.cn/article/4b/165.html.
[4]刘晓莉,吴晶,郭丽琨.中文应用价值不断提升汉语国际推广进入最好期[EB/OL].[2008-12-11].http://www.ce.cn/culture/focus/200607/06/t20060706_7625033.shtml.
[5]吴晶.中国将帮助海外培养本土汉语教师[EB/OL]. [2008-09-22]. news.qq.com/a/20080922/003027.html.
[6]约纳森·亚当斯,马克思·赫尔斯.中国的崛起尚未削弱英文影响[EB/OL]. [2008-09-25]. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20216718/site/newsweek/.
[7]朱步冲.英语的“乌托邦”[EB/OL].[2007-05-09]. http://culture.people.com.cn/GB/27296/3301820.html.
[8]朱马杰.软国力在国际关系中的作用[EB/OL]. [2008-07-09]. http://zhaogang.bokee.com/886155.html.
[9]“崇洋媚外”遇尴尬,德国人要净化德语[EB/OL].[2008-04-08].http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/gb/doc/2003-09/11/content-263298.htm.
[10]电脑与网络[EB/OL]. [2009-03-24].www.hbsz.cn/tushu/14/gljx/ts014073.pdf 199K.
[11] 2003年英国理事会统计. [EB/OL]. [2008-05-15]. http://the_english_dept.tripod.com/esc.html.
[12]汉语在亚洲有比肩英语趋势[EB/OL]. [2008-12-24]. http://news.sina.com.cn/c/2006-01-13/09067972136s.shtml.
[13]杰罗姆·科恩Jerome Kern [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.32lu.com/yinyuelilun/yyj/xunfang/200704/5208_8.html.
[14]理查德·罗杰斯Richard Rodgers [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.32lu.com/yinyuelilun/yyj/xunfang/200704/5208_8.html.
[15]流行神话的光影——试论大众传播与大众文化[EB/OL]. [2009-04-09]. http://www.windbook.cn/wenxue/NewsCommunication/200801/wenxue_3390_5.html.
[16]欧盟20种语言难统一每年翻译费用超过10亿欧元[EB/OL]. [2008-12-11]. http://news.tom.com/1988/20040416-837230.html.
[17]乔治·格什温[EB/OL]. [2008-05-11]. http://baike.baidu.com/view/46730.htm.
[18]全世界讲中国话:汉语入世时代来了吗?[EB/OL]. [2008-10-20]. http://www.china.com.cn/book/txt/2008-10/20/content_16638844_2.htm.
[19]全球票房超2亿排行榜[EB/OL].[2009-01-20].http://www.520mov.com/main01/paihang/sublist/list_3_1.shtml.
[20]“十一五”规划与中国未来发展走向[N/OL].人民论坛,2005-11-20 [2009-02-20].http://www.ce.cn/xwzx/gnsz/gdxw/200511/20/t20051120_5263432.shtml.
[21]文化霸权[EB/OL]. [2009-04-06].http://baike.baidu.com/view/141567.htm.
[22]西格蒙德·龙伯格Sigmund Romberg [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.kuke.com/kuke/library?o=yyj_zj&composerid=1525&music_class_id=DA998BD0BF5A11DC8BD08C0CE59D9FFD&d-1340563-p=3.
[23]新西兰移民史[EB/OL].[2008-05-22].http://www.chuguo.cn/news/115736.xhtml
[24]英语,新式精神鸦片?[EB/OL]. [2007-09-10]. http://culture.news.sohu.com/20040812/n221454779.html.
[25] Global Language Monitor, http://www.internetworldstats.com/stats7.htm
[26] Global Reach, http://www.glreach.com/globstats/index.php3.
[27] Iqbal. Mastering the madrassas[N/OL]. Washington Times, 2003-08-17[2008-07-01].http://www.washtimes.com/world/20030817-1230 32-5826r.htm.
[28] National Intelligence Council. Mapping the Global Future[EB/OL]. [2008-11-20].http://www.foia.cia.gov/2020/2020.pdf.
[29] WTO. International Trade Statistics 2006[EB/OL]. [2008-10-15].http://www.wto.org/English/res-e/statis-e.htm.
②Bill Bryson. The Mother Tongue: English & how it got that way [M]. New York: William Morrow and Company, Inc., 1990: 182.
③Joshua Fishman. Summary and Interpretation: Post-Imperial English 1940—1990 [A]. Joshua Fisherman, Andrew W. Conrad. Post Imperial English [C]. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996: 628.
④罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:15.
①Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: back cover.
②蔡永良.语言历史主义——论历史学与语言学的交叉研究[J].常熟高专学报,2004(1):75.
①参见David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.
②David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 110.
③David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: x.
④参见David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997.
⑤参见Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism[M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992.
①参见Alastair Pennycook. The Cultural Politics of English as an International Language [M]. London: Longman, 1994.
②参见Joshua A. Fishman, R. L. Cooper,A. W. Conrad. The Spread of English: The sociology of English as an Additional Language [M]. Rowley/Mass: Newbury House, 1977.和Joshua A. Fishman, Andrew W. Conrad, Rubal-Lopez Alma. Post-Imperial English [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996.
③参见Braj B. Kachru. The Power and Politics of English [J]. World Englishes, 1986, 5(2-3): 121-140.
④Braj B. Kachru. The Power and Politics of English [J]. World Englishes, 1986, 5(2-3): 137.
①参见R. L.Cooper. Language Spread: Studies in Diffusion and Social Change [M]. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 1982.
②参见J. V. Neustupny. Towards a Paradigm for Language Planning [J]. Language Planning Newsletter, 1983, 9(4): 1-4.
③参见Carmen Fought. Language and Ethnicity [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.
④参见Martin Puetz, Joshua A. Fishman. Along the Routes to Power– Exploration of Empowerment through Language[M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 2006.
⑤参见Mairead Nic Craith. Language, Power and Identity Politics [M]. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.
⑥参见Christine Jourdan, Kevin Tuite. Language, Culture and Society [M].Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.
⑦参见Risager Karen. Language and Culture– Global Flows and Local Complexity [M]. New York: Multilingual Matters, 2006.
⑧参见戴问天.为什么是英语[M].北京:东方出版社,2003.
⑨参见颜治强.世界英语概论[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2002.
⑩参见蔡昌卓.美国英语史:美国英语融合于创新的历史研究[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2002.
①参见Antonio Gramsci. Selections from Cultural Writings [M]. ed. David Fogacs, Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, trans. William Boelhower. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1985: 164-165.
②文化霸权[EB/OL]. [2009-04-06].http://baike.baidu.com/view/141567.htm.
③参见H. Schiller. Communication and Cultural Domination [M]. New York: International Arts and Science Press, 1976.
④H. Schiller. Mass Communication and American Empire [M]. New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1976: 9.
⑤参见爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.东方学[M].王宇根,译.北京:三联书店出版社,1999.
⑥参见Samuel P. Huntington. The Clash of Civilization? [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1993, 72(3)summer: 22-49.
①具体参见秦亚青.世界政治的文化理论——文化结构、文化单位与文化力[A].秦亚青.权力·制度·文化:国际关系理论与方法研究文集[C].北京:北京大学出版社,2005:172.
②王沪宁.文化扩张与文化主权:对主权观念的挑战[J].复旦学报(社会科学版),1994(3): 9.
③潘一禾.文化与国际关系[M].南京:浙江大学出版社,2005:26.
④康威·汉得森.国际关系[M].金帆,译.海口:海南出版社,2004.
⑤巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,主译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004.
②达雅·屠苏.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004:227-231.
①格里姆.论语言的起源[A].张会森,译.语言学译丛[M]. 1960(2):65-70.
①王福祥,吴汉樱.语言学:历史·理论·方法[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2008:79.
②斯大林.马克思主义与语言学问题[M].中共中央马克思、恩格斯、列宁、斯大林著作编译局,译.北京:人民出版社,1953:20.
③参见皮埃尔·布尔迪厄.言语意味着什么[M].楮思真,等译.北京:商务印书馆,2005.
④王星,等.人类文化的空间组合[M].上海:上海人民出版社,1990:225.
①安东尼·史密斯著.民族主义——理论,意识形态,历史[M].叶江,译.上海:上海世纪出版集团,2006:99.
②Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 160-161.
③余建华.民族主义:历史遗产与时代风云的交汇[M].北京:学林出版社,1999:273.
①张公瑾,丁石庆.文化语言学教程[M].北京:教育科学出版社,2004:38.
②E. Sapir. Language: An Introduction to the Study of Speech [M]. New York: Harcourt, Brace&Co., 1921: 221.
③H. I. Schiller. Mass Communication and American Empire [M]. New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1976: 9.
④潘一禾.文化与国际关系[M].南京:浙江大学出版社,2005:26.
①Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 10.
②陈燕谷. Hegemony(霸权/领导权)[J].读书,1995(2).
③王逸舟.世界政治与中国外交[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2003:142.也正是在这个意义上,有的学者认为霸权是种“默许的权力”。Lee Artz, Bren Ortega Murphy. Cultural Hegemony in the United States [M]. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2000: 70.
①钱乘旦,许洁明.英国通史[M].上海:上海社会科学院出版社,2003:89.
①齐世荣主编,刘成,刘金源,吴庆宏,著.英国:从称霸世界到回归欧洲[M].西安:三秦出版社,2005:7.
②蒋孟引.英国史[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1998:201.
③阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译,陈叔平校.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991:92.
①刘金源,洪霞.潮汐英国人[M].成都:四川人民出版社,2001:11.
②屈勒味林.英国史[M].钱端升,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,2008:265.
③阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译,陈叔平校.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991:121.
①滕藤.开创现代文明的帝国——英国百年强国历程[M].哈尔滨:黑龙江人民出版社,1998:324.
②Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 162.
①让·瑟利耶,安德烈·瑟利耶.西欧人文图志[M].吕艳霞,王恬,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2008:250.
②时代-生活图书公司.伊丽莎白王朝·英格兰[M].刘新义,译.济南:山东画报出版社,2001:96.
①让·瑟利耶,安德烈·瑟利耶.西欧人文图志[M].吕艳霞,王恬,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2008:254.
②让·瑟利耶,安德烈·瑟利耶.西欧人文图志[M].吕艳霞,王恬,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2008:262.
③屈勒味林.英国史[M].钱端升,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,2008:265.
④里夏德·范迪尔门.欧洲近代生活:宗教、巫术、启蒙运动[M].王亚平,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:188.254.
④Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 7.
①袁明.国际关系史[M].北京:北京大学出版社,1994:9.
①王联.世界民族主义论[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2005:313.
①阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译,陈叔平校.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991:135.
②蔡昌卓.美国英语史:美国英语融合于创新的历史研究[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2002:43.
③Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 117.
①布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:207.
①G·勒纳尔G·乌勒西.近代欧洲的生活与劳作(从15—18世纪)[M].杨军,译.上海:上海三联书店,2008: 49.
①Oscar Handlin, etc. Harvard Encyclopedia of American Ethnic Groups [M]. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press, 1980: 323.
②J.O. Lindsay. The New Cambridge Modern History,Ⅶ, The Old Regime, 1713—1763 [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988: 501.
①西蒙斯.美国早期史:从殖民地建立到独立[M].朱绛,等译.北京:商务印书馆,1994:227.
②Vernon M., Jr. Briggs. Mass Immigration and the National Interest: Policy Directions for the New Century [M]. New York: M.E. Sharpe, 1992: 14.
③阿·符·叶菲莫夫.美国史纲(1492年—19世纪70年代)[M].庚声,译.北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1972:139.
④丹尼尔·布尔斯汀.美国人:开拓历程[M].中国对外翻译出版公司,译.北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1993:360.
①L. S. Stavrianos. The World History Since 1950:a Global History: 2nded. [M]. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall Inc., 1971: 163.
②P. Sherlock. West Indies [M]. London: Thames and Hudson, 1966: 42.
③David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 33.
④P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 291.
①罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:519.
①W. A. Barker. A General History of England, 1688—1852 [M]. London, 1963: 146.
②齐世荣主编,刘成,刘金源,吴庆宏,著.英国:从称霸世界到回归欧洲[M].西安:三秦出版社,2005:94.
①David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 424.
②张亚东.重商帝国:1689—1783年的英帝国研究[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2004:110-127.
①裘克安.英语与英国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993:223-224.
①安东尼·D·史密斯.全球化时代的民族与民族主义[M].龚维斌,良警宇,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:3.
②余建华.民族主义:历史遗产与时代风云的交汇[M].北京:学林出版社,1999:16-17.
③埃里·凯杜里.民族主义[M].张明明,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:139.
①Ernest Renan. Qu’est-ce qu’une antion? Conference faite en Sorbonne le n mars 1882 [M]//诺曼·戴维斯.欧洲史.郭方,刘北成,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2007:830.
②诺曼·戴维斯.欧洲史[M].郭方,刘北成,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2007:832.
①克拉潘.现代英国经济史(中卷)[M].姚曾广,译.北京:商务印书馆,1975:37.
②克莱登·罗勃兹、大卫·罗勃兹.英国史[M].贾士蘅,译.台北:五南图书出版公司,中国民国75年版:647.
③齐世荣主编,刘成,刘金源,吴庆宏,著.英国:从称霸世界到回归欧洲[M].西安:三秦出版社,2005:227.
①解力夫,冯光.白金汉宫的春秋——英国王室[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,1998:215.
②阎照祥.英国史[M].北京:人民出版社,2003:337.
①王昺,姜芃.加拿大文明[M].福州:福建教育出版社,2008:88.
②王昺,姜芃.加拿大文明[M].福州:福建教育出版社,2008:88.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 68.
④林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005:560.
①Barbara A. Fennell. A History of English– A Sociolinguistic Approach [M]. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2005: 246.
②Manfred Goerlach. The Linguistic History of English [M]. Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1997: 27.
③郑寅达,费佩君.澳大利亚史[M].上海:华东师范大学出版社,1991:117.
④林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005:560.
⑤新西兰移民史[EB/OL]. [2008-05-22].http://www.chuguo.cn/news/115736.xhtml.
⑥新西兰移民史[EB/OL]. [2008-05-22].http://www.chuguo.cn/news/115736.xhtml.
①新西兰移民史[EB/OL]. [2008-05-22].http://www.chuguo.cn/news/115736.xhtml.
②Barbara A. Fennell. A History of English– A Sociolinguistic Approach [M]. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2005: 247.
③林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005:560.
①Nkonko M. Kamwangamalu. The Social History of English in South Africa [J]. World Englishes, 2002, 21(1): 2.
②Barbara A. Fennell. A History of English– A Sociolinguistic Approach [M]. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2005: 247.
③林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005:560.
①张聚国.论美国殖民协会的性质[J].世界历史,2006(05):29.
②Josef Schmied. East African Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 189.
③P.J. Marshall. the Oxford History of the British Empire, Vol.Ⅱ, The Eighteenth Century [M]. Oxford: Oxford Universtiy, 1998: 479.
①Joseph Syzliowicz. Education and Modernization in the Middle East [M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1973: 112.
②Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 227.
③Ravinder Gargesh. South Asian Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 91.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 70.
②Maria Lourdes S. Bautista, Andrew B. Gonzales. Southeast Asian Englishes [J]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 131.
③David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 50.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 284-285.
②D.G.E.霍尔.东南亚史[M].中山大学东南亚历史研究所,译.北京:商务印书馆,1982:900.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 286.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 8.
②Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 22.
①布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:5.
②Theo Sundermeier. Church and Nationalism in South Africa [M]. Johannesburg: Ravan Press, 1975: 25.
③A. Adu. Boahened. General History of Africa, Vol. VII. [M]. Paris: Unesco, 1991: 802.
④P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 188.
⑤Ernest G. Malherbe. Education in South Africa (1652-1922) [M]. Cape Town: Juta & Co., 1925: 57.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 349.
②J. White. The Historical Background to National Education in Tanzania [A]. E. C. Polome, C. P. Hill. Language in Tanzania [C]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, for the International African Institute, 1980: 269.
③A. A. Mazrui. Some Sociopolitical Functions of English Literature in Africa [A]. J. A. Fishman, C. A. Ferguson, J. Das Gupta. Language Problems of Developing Nations [C]. New York: Wiley, 1968: 186.
④J·伯恩斯坦,艾伦·J·马图斯科.杜鲁门政府[M].纽约,1966 //罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:37.
⑤布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:382.
⑥布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:4.
①David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 30.
②Kenneth O. Morgan. The Oxford History of Britain [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, Oxford: Oxford University, 2007: 518.
①滕藤.开创现代文明的帝国——英国百年强国历程[M].哈尔滨:黑龙江人民出版社,1998:291.
②弗朗西斯·鲁滨逊.剑桥插图伊斯兰世界史[M].安维华,钱雪梅,译.北京:世界知识出版社,2005:156.
①阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译,陈叔平,校.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991:231.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 27.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 194.
④伊恩·布鲁玛.伏尔泰的椰子:欧洲的英国文化热[M].刘雪岚,萧萍,译.北京:三联出版社,2007:
①E. Kendall. The End of an Era-Africa and Missionary [M]. London, 1978: 68.
②艾周昌,舒运国.非洲黑人文明[M].泉州:福建教育出版社,2008:266.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 200.
④Ken Hartshorne. Language Policy in African Education: a Background to the Future [A]. Rajend Mesthrie. Language and Social History: Studies in South African Sociolinguistics [C]. Cape Town: David Philip, 1995: 310.
⑤J. Platt, H. Weber, M. L. Ho. The New Englishes [M]. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul,1984: 20.
⑥Nkonko M. Kamwangamalu. The Social History of English in South Africa [J]. World Englishes, 2002, 21(1): 2.
①P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 201.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 7.
①达雅·屠.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004:227.
②P. Kennedy. Imperial Cable Communications and Stratedge 1879—1914 [J]. English Historical Review, 86: 728-752.
①Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 116.
②詹姆斯·卡瑞,珍·辛顿.英国新闻史:3版[M].栾轶枚,译,北京:清华大学出版社,2005:3.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 215.
④罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:23-24.
⑤达雅·屠.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004:199.
①高英彤.帝国夕阳——日渐衰微的不列颠[M].长春:吉林人民出版社,1998:42.
①Roland Oliver, Anthony Atmore. Africa Since 1800 [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981: 164-165.
②P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 347.
①Mahatma Gandhi. There is no salutation for India [A]. B. Arthur. The Penguin Book of Tweentieth-Century Speech [C]. New York: Viking, 1992: 44.
②赫尔曼·库尔克,迪特马尔·罗特蒙特.印度史[M].王立新,周红江,译.北京:中国青年出版社,2008: 301.
①B. B. Kachru. The Second Diaspora of English [A]. T. W. Machan, C. T. Scott. English in its Social Contexts: Essays in Historical Sociolinguistics [C]. New York/Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1988: 24.
①雅克·杜加斯特. 19世纪和20世纪之交的欧洲文化生活[M].黄艳红,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2007:191.
②康威·汉得森.国际关系[M].金帆,译.海口:海南出版社,2004:424.
①郭圣铭.美国独立战争[M].北京:商务印书馆,1984:3.
②St. John de Crevecoeur, John. Hector. Letters from an American Farmer [M]. New York, 1904:56.
③赵一凡.美国的历史文献[M].北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1989:17.
④J·布卢姆,等.美国的历程:上卷[M].杨国标,张儒林,译.北京:商务印书馆,1988:171.
①Daniel J. Boorstin. The Americans, The Colonial Experience [M]. Random House Inc., 1958: 309.
②Leonard Dinnerstein. Ethnic Americans: A History of Immigration: 3th ed.[M]. New York: Harper Collins Publishers, 1988: 8.
①Julie T. Andersen. Linguistics in America 1769-1924: A Critical History [M]. Routledge, Chapman and Hall Inc., 1990: 58.
①参见Noah Webster. An American Dictionary of the English Language [M]. New York: S.Coverse. Facsimile reprint, San Francisco: Foundation for American Christian Education, 1967.
②郑立信,顾嘉祖.美国英语与美国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993:37.
③Jonathan Green. Chasing the Sun [M]. London:Random House, 1993: 266.
④李荫华.英语词典初探[M].北京:商务印书馆,1985:61.
①赵一凡.美国的历史文献[M].北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1989:273-274.
②赵一凡.美国的历史文献[M].北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1989:274.
③Albert C. Baugh, Thomas Cable, A History of the English Language-The English in America [M]. Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1978: 359.
④蔡昌卓.美国英语史:美国英语融合于创新的历史研究[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2002:9.
①刘绪贻,杨生茂.美国通史:第4卷[M].北京:人民出版社,2001:12.
②黄安年.美国的崛起——17—19世纪的美国[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1992:353.
③阿瑟·林克,威廉·卡顿. 1900年以来的美国史[M].刘绪贻,等译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1983:43.
①Bernardita Churchill. Education in the Philippines at the Turn of the 20th Century: Background for American Policy [M]. Unpublished manuscript,2001
②刘国柱.美国文化的新边疆[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2005:38.
③Evergisto Bazaco. History of Education in the Philippines [M]. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press, 1953.
④David Searles. The Peace Corps Experience, Challenge and Change 1969—1976 [M]. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1997: 62.
①Andrew Gonzalez. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English[J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(1):9.
①Roy Hoopes. The Complete Peace Corps Guide [M]. New York: The Dial Press, INC., 1968: 19.
①裘克安.英语与英国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993:223-224.
②潘知常,林玮.大众传媒与大众文化[M].上海:上海人民出版社,2002:6.
③流行神话的光影——试论大众传播与大众文化[EB/OL]. [2009-04-09]. http://www.windbook.cn/wenxue/NewsCommunication/200801/wenxue_3390_5.html.
④丹尼尔·杰·切特罗姆.传播媒介与美国人的思想[M].曹静生,等译.北京:中国广播电视出版社,1991:201.
①让·诺埃尔·让纳内.西方媒介史[M].段惠敏,译,桂林:广西师范大学出版社,2005:137.
②迈克尔·埃默里,南希·L·罗伯茨.美国新闻史—大众传播媒介解释史:第9版[M].展江,译,北京:中国人民大学出版社,2004:349.
①Colin Hoskins, Stuart McFadyen, Adam Finn. Global Television and Film [M]. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press, 1997:86.
②刘绪贻,杨生茂.美国通史:第4卷[M].北京:人民出版社,2001:195.
③佐藤卓己.现代传媒史[M].诸葛蔚东,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2004:134.
④Samuel Eliot Morison. The Oxford History of the American People: Vol.3 [M]. New York: the New American Library, Inc., 1972: 228.
①刘绪贻,杨生茂.美国通史:第4卷[M].北京:人民出版社,2001:471.
②丹尼尔·贝尔.现代性和大众社会:文化经验的多样性[J].传播,1963(2)//阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:69.
③约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:75.
④佐藤卓己.现代传媒史[M].诸葛蔚东,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2004:107.
①西格蒙德·龙伯格Sigmund Romberg [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.kuke.com/kuke/library?o=yyj_zj&composerid=1525&music_class_id=DA998BD0BF5A11DC8BD08C0CE59D9FFD&d-1340563-p=3.
②乔治·格什温[EB/OL]. [2008-05-11]. http://baike.baidu.com/view/46730.htm.
③杰罗姆·科恩Jerome Kern [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.32lu.com/yinyuelilun/yyj/xunfang/200704/5208_8.html.
④理查德·罗杰斯Richard Rodgers [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.32lu.com/yinyuelilun/yyj/xunfang/200704/5208_8.html.
⑤David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 92.
⑥S. Pandit. From Making to Music: the History of Thorn EMI [M]. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1996: 57.
①阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:62.
②伊恩·布鲁玛.伏尔泰的椰子:欧洲的英国文化热[M].刘雪岚,萧萍,译.北京:三联出版社,2007:35.
③Roger Asselineau. A Complex Fate [J]. Journal of American Studies, No. 14, Ap ril 1980, 14(4):.70. //王晓德.美国大众文化的传播与欧洲的“美国化”[J].社会科学战线,2007(1):159-160.
④佐藤卓己.现代传媒史[M].诸葛蔚东,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2004:190.
①Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 507-508.
②刘德斌.国际关系史[M].北京:高等教育出版社,2003:355.
①科布·劳伦斯丁.俄国的防务政策[A].道格拉斯·默里和保罗·维奥蒂.各国防务政策之比较研究[C].张振江,译.北京:军事学院出版社,1985:62.
②Tom Mcarthur. English World-Wide in the Twentieth Century [A]. Lynda Mugglestone. Oxford History of Englis h[C]. Oxford/ New York: Oxford University Press, 2006: 379.
①罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:54.
②Claude Truchot. L’anglais dans le Monde Contemporain [M]// Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1):69.
③Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1):69.
④A.Firth.“Lingua Franca”English and Conversation Analysis [J]. Journal of Pragmatics, 1996(April):42.
⑤U.Ammon. To What Extent Is German an International Language? [A]. P. Stevenson. The German Language and the Real World: Sociolinguistic, Cultural and Pragmatic Perspectives on Contemporary German [C]. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1995: 76.
⑥罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:52.
①Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 506.
②Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 507-508.
③约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:52.
①约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:111-112.
②约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:73.
③Richard Pells. Not Like Us [M]. //约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:73.
④约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:73-74.
⑤龚铁鹰.软权力的系统分析[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2008:30.
⑥John F. Kennedy. Poland and Eastern Europe [A]. Allan Nevins. The Strategy of Peace [M]. New York: Harper Collins, 1960: 93-94.
①La culture contre la democratie? L’audiovisuel a l’heure transnationale par A. mattelart avec Mattelart et X. delcour [M] //阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002: 8.
②王逸舟.西方国际政治:历史与理论[M].上海:上海人民出版社,1998:487-503.
③王晓德.美国文化和美国外交[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2000:226.
④M·德图佐斯.未来的社会[M].周昌忠,译.上海:上海译文出版社,1998:337.
⑤姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:125.
⑥李幸,刘荃.传播媒介的历史之光——广播电影电视史论[M].南京:南京师范大学出版社,2006:197.
①Reinhold Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 508-509.
②李幸,刘荃.传播媒介的历史之光——广播电影电视史论[M].南京:南京师范大学出版社,2006:193.
①Richard Butsch, For Fun And Profit: the Transformation of Leisure into Consumption [M]. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990: 265.
②李幸,刘荃.传播媒介的历史之光——广播电影电视史论[M].南京:南京师范大学出版社,2006:193.
③马尔库塞.爱欲与文明[M].黄勇,薛民,译.上海:上海译文出版社,1987:68.
④Alfred D. Chandler Jr., James W. Cortada. A Nation Transformed by Information: How Information Has Shaped the United States from Colonial Times to the Present [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000: 174.
①威廉·麦克高希.世界文明史——观察世界的新视角[M].董建中,等译.北京:新华出版社,2003:289.
①Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 69.
②Nathan Gardels. From Magic Kingdom to Media Empire(Interview) [J]. New Perspectives Quarterly, 1995(4) Fall: 8(3).
③Bill Grantham. America the Menace: Franceps Feud with Hollywood [J]. World Policy Journal, 1998, 15(2) Summer: 61.
④David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997:91.
⑤S. S. Wildman, S. E. Siwek. International Trade in Films and Television Programs [M]. Cambridge, MA:Ballinger,1988: 26-28.
①罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:67.
②J.Tunstall. The Media are American: Anglo-American Media in the World [M]. London: Constable, 1977: 142.
③UESCO. Three weeks of television: an international comparative study [R]. Paris: UNESCO, 1981.
④T. Varis. International Flow of Television Programmes [M]. Paris: UNESCO., 1985: 22-48.
①D. Wilhelm. Global Communications and Political Power [M]. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction, 1990: 65.
①约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:封底.
①路易·多洛.国际文化关系[M].孙恒,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1987:67.
②谢列兹涅夫.心理战:战争与意识形态斗争[M].张俊英译.长春:吉林人民出版社,1981:100-101.
①富米·冯维希.老挝和老挝人民反对美国新殖民主义的胜利斗争[M].蔡文朴,译.北京:人民出版社,1974:51.
②达雅·屠.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004:199.
③明安香.美国:超级传媒帝国[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2005:14.
④教科文组织广播[J].信使,1997(2):39.
①Elizabeth Cobbs Hoffmans. All You Need is Love: The Peace Corps and the Spirit of 1960s [M]. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Harward University Press, 1998: 262.
②New Initiatives in International Education(Panel Discussion)[R]. The Department of State Bulletin, 1966-07-18(95).
①刘国柱.美国文化的新边疆[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2005:34.
②Elizabeth Cobbs Hoffman. All You Need is Love: The Peace Corps and the Spirit of 1960s [M]. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Hardwrd University Press, 1998: 179-180.
③张顺洪,孟庆龙,毕健康.英美新殖民主义[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2007:113.
①W. W. Gibbs. Lost Science in the Third World [J]. Scientific American, 1995(8): 76-83.
②John Rennie Short, Armando Boniche, Yeong Kim, Patrick Lili. Cultural Globalization, Global English and Geography Journals [J]. Professional Geographer, 2001, 53(1): 5.
③Claude Truchot. L’anglais dans le Monde Contemporain[M]//Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 69.
④F. R. Matta. The information bedazzlement of Latin America [A]. K.Kumar. Transnational Enterprises: Their Impact on Third World Societies and Cultures [C]. Boulder, CO: Westview Press, 1980: 204.
①S. Ghorpade. Foreign Correspondents Cover Washington for the World [J]. Journalism Quarterly, 1984:667.
②魏龙泉.美国图书出口的八种方法[J].编辑学刊,1998(6):73.
①诺曼·戴维斯.欧洲史[M].郭方,刘北成,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2007:1111.
②巴兹尔·戴维逊.现代非洲史[M].舒晨,李立清,张学姗,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1989:338.
①G. Steiner. After Babel:Aspects of Language and Translation [M]. Oxford:Oxford University Press,1975: 469.
①“崇洋媚外”遇尴尬,德国人要净化德语[EB/OL].[2008-04-08].http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/gb/doc/2003-09/11/content-263298.htm.
②S. Ridder. English in Dutch [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(4): 49.
③A. Ven Essen. English in Mainland Europe——a Dutch Perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1996, 16(1): 101.
④M. Berns. English in the European Union [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(3): 6.
⑤S. Ridder. English in Dutch [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(4): 45.
①N. Labrie, C. Quell. Your Language, my Language or English? The Potential Language Choice in Communication among Nationals of the European Union [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 117.
②V. Pulcini. The English Language in Italy [J]. English Today, 1994, 10(4):49.
③Eva Kushner. English as Global Language: Problems, Dangers, Opportunities [J]. Diogenes, 2003(2), 198.
④Fonzari Lorenza. English in Estonian Multicultural Society [J]. World Englishes, 1999, 118(1): 40.
⑤Marju Lauristin, Peter Vihalemm. Return to the Western World, Cultural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [M], Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997: 324.
①Ryuko Kubota. Ideologies of English in Japan [J]. World Englishes, 1998, 17(3):297.
②罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:16.
③刘国柱.美国文化的新边疆[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2005:190.
①Maruice Imhoof. The English Language in Egypt [J]. English Around the World, 1977, 17: 1-3.
②Ahmed Elkhatib. Case Studies of Four Egyptian College Freshman Writers majoring in English [D]. New York: Columbia University, 1984: 29.
③Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 235.
④Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 235.
⑤Nkonko M. Kamwangamalu. The Social History of English in South Africa [J]. World Englishes, 2002, 21(1): 3.
⑥Anne Pakir. Connecting with English in the Context of internationalization [J]. TESOL Quarterly, 1998, 33(1): 108.
①Linda Gentry El-Dash, Joanne Busnardo. Brazilian Attitudes toward English: Dimensions of Status and Solidarity [J]. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2001, 11(1): 58.
②G.. Graham. World English and the English Language [J]. English Today. 1995, 11(1): 11.
③B. B. Kachru. the Indianization of English [J]. English Today, 1986, 6: 31.
④罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:50-51.
⑤罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:54.
①罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:15.
②Encyclopedia Britannica. Britannica Book of the Year [M].chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica, Inc., 1995: 774-779.
①参见Immanuel Wallerstein. The Eagle Has Crash Landed [J]. Foreign Policy, 2002 (7/8): 60-68.
②如约瑟夫·奈等人认为,信息优势能够以相对低的代价阻止和战胜传统的军事威胁。Joseph S. Jr. Nye, William A. Owens. America's information edge [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1996 (3/4): 20-36.
①Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary): 163.
②Daniel Bell. The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: a Venture in Social Forecasting [M]. New York: Hill and Wang, 2000: 94.
①阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:139.
②约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:47.
③林涛.国际关系理论中的权力:科技因素的视角[J].科技管理研究. 2007(12):262.
④Joseph S. Jr. Nye, William A. Owens. America's information edge [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1996 (3/4): 20.
⑤David Rothkopf. In Praise of Culture Imperialism [J]. Foreign Policy, 1997, 107: 39.
①Alfred D. Chandler Jr., James W. Cortada. A Nation Transformed by Information: How Information Has Shaped the United States from Colonial Times to the Present [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000: 199.
②刘伟胜.文化霸权概论[M].石家庄:河北人民出版社,2002:97.
③王逸舟.全球化和新经济[M].北京:中国发展出版社,2002:133.
④S. Ratner, J. H. Sollow, R. Sylla, The Evolution of the American Economy: Growth, Welfare and Decision Making [M]. New York: Basic Hooks, 1979: 403.
⑤Jorge Reina Schement, Terry Curtis, Tendencies and Tensions of the Information Age: The Production and Distribution of Information in the United States [M]. New Brunswick, New York: Transaction, 1995:21-46.
①姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:94.
②James Cox. US Success Draws Envy, Protests [N]. USA Today,2000-08-03(1B).
①爱德华·赫尔曼,罗伯特·麦克切斯尼,全球媒体——全球资本主义的新传教士[M].甄春亮,等译.天津人民出版社,2001:171.
②爱德华·赫尔曼,罗伯特·麦克切斯尼,全球媒体——全球资本主义的新传教士[M].甄春亮,等译.天津人民出版社,2001:52.
①胡鞍钢,张晓群.国际视角下中国传媒实力的实证分析——兼与黄旦、屠正锋先生商榷[J].战略与管理,清华大学学报,2007,22(3):128.
②姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:前言2-3.
③戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:22.
④戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:35.
①约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:54.
②查尔斯·洛克.全球化是帝国主义的变种[M] //王宁,薛晓源.全球化与后殖民批评.中央编译出版社,1998:43.
③戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:37.
④Richard Kuisel. Americanization for Historians [J]. Diplomatic History, Vol. 2000, 24(3) Summer: 511.
⑤王晓德.关于“美国化”和全球多元文化发展的思考[J].美国研究,2003(3):103.
①Richard Pells. Who’s Afraid of Steven Speilberg? [J]. Diplomatic History, Vol. No3, 2000, 24(3) Summer: 171-172.
②戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:37.
③约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:82.
④Hubert Vedrine, Dominique Moisi. France in an Age of Globalization [M] //约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行.郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:82.
⑤Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary):166.
①Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary):153-171.
②参见Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary);
③参见Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Bound to Lead: The Changing Nature of American Power [M]. New York: Basic Books, 1990.
④约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:9.
⑤约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:10.
①朱马杰.软国力在国际关系中的作用[EB/OL]. [2008-07-09]. http://zhaogang.bokee.com/886155.html.
②罗伯特·基欧汉,约瑟夫·奈.权力与相互依赖[M].林茂辉,段胜武,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2002:271.
③龚铁鹰.软权力的系统分析[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2008:150.
④Joseph Nye. The Redefinition of National Interest [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1999, 78(7/8): 28.
⑤约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:13.
⑥阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:475-477.
⑦阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:478.
⑧Josef Joffe. Who’s afraid of Mr.Big? [J]. The National Interest, 2001(summer): 43.
①Lara Marlowe. French Minister Urges Greater UN Role to Counter US Hyperpower [J]. The Irish Times, 1999, 11(4): 14.
②Richard. N. Haass. What to do with American Primacy [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1999, 78(5): 41.
③Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power[J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary): 153-171.
④刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001(第二章):1.
⑤约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:13.
⑥Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary):153-171.
①The World Economy Survey [N]. The Economist, 1996-09-28 (43).
②阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:189.
③N. Fairclough. Discourse and Social Change [M]. Cambridge: Polity, 1994:56.
①Tej K. Bhatia. World Englishes in Global Adervertising [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 603.
②Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 225-238.
③Shaheen Meraj. the Use of English in Urdu advertising in Pakistan [A]. Robert J. Baumgardner, Karachi. The English Language in Pakistan [C]. Oxford University Press, 1993:224.
①David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 35.
②H. McRac. World’s Cheapest International Calls [N]. Independent, 1996-11-16 (19).
③David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 34-35.
④王晓春.论网络对民族文化发展的影响[J].自然辩证法研究,2000(2): 37.
①Thomas Hume Dickson. We Need a Forest of Tongues [N]. The Global and Mail. 2001-07-07.
②Pan Tao. Globalization and Its Effect on International Relations [J].Beijing Review. 2001,44 (7): 8.
③Pan Tao. Globalization and Its Effect on International Relations [J].Beijing Review. 2001,44 (7): 8.
④Andrew Gonzalez. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23 (1): 13.
①姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:93-94.
②D. Rothkopt. In Praise of Cultural Imperialism [J]. Foreign Policy, 1997( Summer): 43.
③王列,杨雪冬.全球化与世界[M].中央编译出版社,1998:26.
①Artemii Iu.Romanov. British and American Words in the Russsian Language and Attitude towards Them [M]. St. Petersburg: St. Petersburg University Press, 2000: 102.
②Zoya G. Proshina, Brian P. Ettkin. English-Russian Language Contacts [J]. World Englishes, 2005, 24(4): 441.
③约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:83.
④约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:115.
⑤约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:68.
⑥刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001(第二章):13.
⑦刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001(第二章):8.
①戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革——全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001:483-484.
②中文学术期刊网以“语言软权力”为主题词的文章为1篇, proquest(ARL)以language as a soft power为主题词的文章为2篇,并都与语言教学直接相关。
③Joseph S. Jr. Nye. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary): 166.
④参见J·赫尔德.论语言的起源[M].姚小平,译.北京:商务印书馆,1998.
⑤R. Robin. A Short History of Linguistics: 1st ed. [M]. London: Longman, 1967: 151-152.
⑥W·洪堡特.论思维和说话[M].姚小平,译.长沙:湖南教育出版社,2001:54.
⑦Jacques Derrida. [D]. English translation, Chicago, 1982: Chapter 1. // Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 12.
①George Yule. The Study of Language [M]. Peking: Foreign Language teaching and Research Press, 2000: 34.
②Webster’s Third New International Dictionary [M] //林柏.国际传播理论与国际传播英语[M].北京:对外经济贸易大学出版社,2007:17.
③参见约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005:46.
①F. Coulmas. Language and Economy [M]. Oxford: Blackwell, 1992: 78.
②英语,新式精神鸦片?[EB/OL]. [2007-09-10]. http://culture.news.sohu.com/20040812/n221454779.html.
③何南林.英语是如何“热”起来的[J].读书,2003(3):59-60.
④郭可.国际传播中的英语强势及影响[J].现代传播,2002(6):28
⑤Amy Chua. World on Fire. How Exprting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instabilit [M]. New York: Random House, 2003: 55.
①Peeter Vihalemm, Epp Lauk, Marju Lauristin. Estonian Media in the Process of a Change [A]. Peeter Vihalemm, Marju Lauristin. Return to the Western World, Cultural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [C]. Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997: 152.
②林柏.国际传播理论与国际传播英语[M].北京:对外经济贸易大学出版社,2007:161.
①David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 7.
②Lorenza Fonzari. English in Estonian Multicultural Society [J]. World Englishes, 1999, 18(1): 40.
③David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 59.
④阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:474-475.
①David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997:3.
②亚历山大·温特.国际政治的社会理论[M].秦亚青,译,上海:上海世纪出版集团,2000:202.
③J.V. Neustupny. Towards a Paradigm for Language Planning [J]. Language Planning Newsletter, 1983,4 (9): 1-4.
④欧盟20种语言难统一每年翻译费用超过10亿欧元[EB/OL]. [2008-12-11]. http://news.tom.com/1988/20040416-837230.html.
①David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 79-80.
②David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 80.
③刘海涛.国际关系中的语言平等:中国的作用[A]. Toward a New International Language Order [M]. Roherdam: Universala Esperanto Asocio, 2004: 197.
④Barbarra Wallraff. What Global Language? [J]. The Atlantic Monthly, 2000, 286(5): 60.
⑤康威·汉得森.国际关系[M].金帆,译.海口:海南出版社,2004:425.
⑥2003年英国理事会统计. [EB/OL]. [2008-05-15]. http://the_english_dept.tripod.com/esc.html.
①Andrew Gonzalez. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(1): 13.
②Andrew Gonzalez. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(1): 12.
③English as Weapon to Fight Terror [N]. The Weekend Australian, 2002-07-20 (C13).
④Sohail Karmani. Petrol Linguistics: the Emerging Nexus Between Oil, English, and Islam[J]. Journal of Language, Identity and Education, 2005, 4(2): 100.
⑤A. Iqbal. Mastering the Madrassas [N/OL]. Washington Times, 2003-08-17 [2008-07-01]. http://www.washtimes.com/world/20030817-123032-5826r.htm.
⑥J. Coffman. Higher Education in the Gulf: Privatization and Americanization [J/OL]. International Higher Education, 2003, 33(Fall) [2008-07-01]. http://www.bc.edu/bc_org/avp/soe/cihe/newsletter/News33/text009.htm.
①The Dominance of English: Colleges worldwide abandon their native languages for a common tongue [J]. The Chronicle of Higher Education, 2000-09-08 (1).
②John Rennie Short, Yeong Armando Boniche, Patrick Kim, Li li. Cultural Globalization, Global English, and Geography Journals [J]. Professional Geographer, 2001, (1): 5.
③John M. Swales. English as Tyrannosaurus Rex [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(3): 379.
①Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 66.
①约纳森·亚当斯,马克思·赫尔斯.中国的崛起尚未削弱英文影响[EB/OL]. [2008-09-25]. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20216718/site/newsweek/.
②Mohammed Nour. Language school graduate a must [N]. The Egyptian Gazette, 1992-03-05 (8).
①Headline [N]. Independent, 1996-02-22 (1).
①洛特非·马赫兹.世界传播概览——媒体与新技术的挑战[M].师淑云,等译.北京:中国对外翻译出版公司/联合国教科文组织,1999:132.
②孙晶.文化霸权理论研究[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2004:270.
③Global Language Monitor, http://www.internetworldstats.com/stats7.htm的数据为30%,Global Reach, http://www.glreach.com/globstats/index.php3.的数据为35.8%.
①P. Dickson,A. Cumming. Profiles of Language Education in 25 Countries [M]. Slough: NFER, 1996: 35.
②China Boosts English [N]. 21st Century, 2001-03-29 (14)
①Ravinder Gargesh. South Asian Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006:95.
②S. Mansoor. TEFL in Pakistan: Emerging Issues [J]. ASIA TEFL, 2004, 1(1): 351-352.
③F. H. Shahed. English in Bangladesh: A Study of Urban Educated Public Attitudes [D]. Delhi: Jawaharlal Nehru University, 2001: 25.
④Kanavillil Rajagopalan. South American Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 153.
⑤Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 71-72.
⑥Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000,19(2): 231.
①S. Mansoor. TEFL in Pakistan: Emerging Issues [J]. ASIA TEFL, 2004, 1(1): 350.
②Ravinder Gargesh. South Asian Englishes [J]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 96.
③伊怀杰.以色列的国际传播机制[A].陈卫星.国际关系与全球传播[C].北京:北京广播学院出版社,2003:56.
④David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 45.
①魏龙泉.美国图书出口的八种方法[J].编辑学刊,1998(6):24.
①乔飞.美国图书销售五大现状[J].国外出版瞭望,2003,375(7上旬刊):16.
②王蕾.美国图书宣传研究[M].长春:东北师范大学出版社,2003:151.
③聚焦美国图书出版业的收购兼并[J].中国高校科技与产业化,2005(5):72.
④曾华国.媒体的扩张:大众媒体的产业化、集约化和全球化[M].广州:南方日报出版社,2004:57.
①明安香.美国:超级传媒帝国[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2005:55.
②郭可.当代对外传播[M].上海:复旦大学出版社,2003:38.
①Mark Schaub. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2): 233.
②网址为:http://service.spiegel.de/cache/international/0,1518,321949,00.html.
③Christina Schaeffner. English– speaking Readers: Spiegel International [J]. Language and Intercultural Communication, 2005, 5(2): 157-158.
①Kwadwo Anokwa, Carolyn A. Lin, Michael B. Salwen. International Communication: Concepts and Cases [M]. Belmont: Wadsworth, 2003: 180.
②姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:198.
③Reinhold Wagnleitner. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer: 512.
④What’s Gone Wrong? [J]. Media Business School, 1995-05-24: 2.
⑤李怀亮,刘悦笛.文化巨无霸:当代美国文化产业研究[M].广州:广东人民出版社,2005:256.
⑥US Entertainment Industry: 2003 MPA Market Statistics [R]. Motion Picture Association, 2004: 4.
①Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 70.
②Claude Truchot. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1): 70.
①EMS Survey [J]. Cable and Satellite Europe, 1997(1): 23.
②T. Sysfret. Trend Setters [J]. Cable And Satellite Europe, 1997(1): 37.
③O. Findahl. Language in the Age of Satellite Television [J]. European Journal of Communication, 1989(14): 133-159.
④Peeter Vihalemm, Epp Lauk, Marju Lauristin. Estonian Media in the Process of Change [A]. Marju Lauristin, Peeter Vihalemn. Return to the Western World. Culrural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [C]. Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997: 239.
⑤姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005:197.
①UNESCO. World Culture Report 1998: Culture, Creativity and Markets [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational,Scientific and Cultural Organization, 1998.
①UNESCO. World Communication Report: the Media and the Challenge of the New Technology [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultrual Organisation, 1997: 180.
②A.G.Tudesq. L’Afrique noire et ses televisions [M]. Paris: Anthropos/INA, 1992: 158. //洛特非·马赫兹.世界传播概览——媒体与新技术的挑战[M].师淑云,等译.北京:中国对外翻译出版公司,1999:268.
①E. de Bens, H. de Smaele. The Flow of American Television Fiction on European Broadcast Channels Revisited [J]. European Journal of Communication, 2001(16): 51-76.
②B. J. Falenheim. The Flow of Television Programs in South America in the Context of Regionism [D]. University of Texas at Austin, 1998.
③McPhail, Thomas L. Global Communication: Theories, Stakeholders and Trends [M]. Allyn & Bacon, 2002: 106.
④David Crystal. English as a Global Languag e[M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 94.
⑤罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:56.
⑥罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:60.
⑦李怀亮,刘悦笛.文化巨无霸:当代美国文化产业研究[M].广州:广东人民出版社,2005:183.
①Joseph Straubhaar, Robert La Rose. Media Now– Understanding Media, Culture and Technology: 4th ed. [M]. Thomson Learning, 2004: 471.
②Linda Gentry El-Dash, Joanne Busnardo. Brazilian Attitudes toward English: Dimensions of Status and Solidarity [J]. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2001, 11(1): 74.
①Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 273.
②Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 276.
③Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 283.
④Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 17.
⑤皮埃尔·布尔迪厄.言语意味着什么[M].楮思真,等译.北京:商务印书馆,2005:20—23.
⑥参见皮埃尔·布尔迪厄.言语意味着什么[M].楮思真,等译.北京:商务印书馆,2005.
①Florian Coulmas. Changing Language Regimes in Globalizing Environment [A]. International Journal of the Sociology of Language [C]. 2005(175/176): 12.
②Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 52.
③Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 57-60.
④参见爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.文化与帝国主义[M].李琨,译.北京:三联书店出版社,2003.
⑤Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 58-59.
①A. A. Mazrui. Political Values and the Educated Class in Africa [M]. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1978: 15.
②Ngugi wa Thiong’o. The Language of African Literature [A]. New Left Review, 1985(5/6): 115.
③布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996:36.
④A. A. Mazrui. The African University as a Multinational Corporation [A]. P. G. Altbach, G. P. Kelly. Education and Colonialism [C]. New York and London: Longman, 1978: 334.
⑤D. P. Pattanayak. Change, Language and the developing World [A]. H. Coleman, L. Cameron. Change and Language [C]. Clevwdon: Multilingual Matters/BAAL., 1996: 50.
①Mohammed Nour. Language School Graduate a Must [N]. The Egyptian Gazette, 1992-03-05(8).
②约纳森·亚当斯,马克思·赫尔斯.中国的崛起尚未削弱英文影响[EB/OL]. [2008-09-25]. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20216718/site/newsweek/.
③陈世敏.大众传播与文化变迁[M].台北:三民书局,1992:202-203.
④参见H. Schiller. Mass Communications and American Empire: Rev.ed. [M]. New York: Westview Press, 1992.
⑤H.Schiller. Striving for Communication Dominance: a Half-century Review [A]. D. Thussu. Electronic Empire [C]. London: Arnold, 1998: 23.
⑥阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002:11.
①参见J·汤林森.文化帝国主义[M].冯建三,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1999.
②参见S. Latouche. The Westernization of the World: the Significance, scope and limits of the drive toward global uniformity [M]. translated by R. Morris. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1996; H. Amin. Egypt and the Arab World in the Satellite Age [A]. E. Jacka, J. Sinclair, S. Cunningham. New Patterns in Global Television [C]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997; E. Herman, R. McChesney. The Global Media: the New Missionaries of Corporate Capitalism [M]. London: Cassell, 1997.
③电脑与网络. [EB/OL]. [2009-03-24].www.hbsz.cn/tushu/14/gljx/ts014073.pdf 199K.
①W. Gibbs. Lost Science in the Third World [J]. Scientific Ameircan, 1995(8): 80.
②Robert Phillipson. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992: 8.
③David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 39.
①T. Masemola, F. Khan. English onslaught: Indigenous Languages under threat [N]. The Daily News, December 6, 2000-11-06 (11).
②Vivian de Klerk. English around the World: Focus on South Africa [M]. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 1996:7
③刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001:第六章.
④汉鼎资询.新东方引原版剑桥商务英语新成果[EB/OL]. [2009-03-24]. http://www.education-training .com.cn/article/4b/165.html.
①黄欣.论英语在我国的产业化发展[J].集团经济研究,2007(19):116.
②朱步冲.英语的“乌托邦”[EB/OL].[2007-05-09]. http://culture.people.com.cn/GB/27296/3301820.html.
③P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 192.
④朱步冲.英语的“乌托邦”[EB/OL].[2007-05-09]. http://culture.people.com.cn/GB/27296/3301820.html.
①B. Einhorn, D. Roberts. China’s Web Masters [J]. Business Week, 1999-08-02 (28).
②Children’s television: a globalised market [J]. Screen Digest, 1999(5): 105-107
①UNESCO,World Culture Report 1998: Culture, Creativity and Markets [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, 1998: 164.
②P. J. Marshall. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996: 369.
③A. Pennycook. The Cultural Politics of English as an International Language [M]. London: Longman, 1994: 156.
④Natasa Kovacevic. Linguistic Imperialism Revisited: English in Recent Yugoslav Diasporic Experience [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(2): 323-326.
①Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 83.
②David Graddol. The Future of English?[M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 2.
③巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:60.
①刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001:结语.
②Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 53.
③彼得·卡赞斯坦.地区构成的世界:美国帝权中的亚洲和欧洲[M].秦亚青,魏玲,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2007:91.
①U.S. Department of Education. National Center for Education Statistics [R]. the Condition of Education 2006.
②巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:311.
③巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:314.
④康威·汉得森.国际关系[M].金帆,译.海口:海南出版社,2004:441.
⑤阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:483.
⑥阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:488-489.
①李一文,马风书.当代国际组织与国际关系[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2002:1.
②The Non-Governmental Order [J]. the Economist, 1999-11-11.
③阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:486.
④巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:311.
①巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:311-312.
②Joshua A. Fisherman, Andrew W. Conrad, Rubal-Lopez Alma. Post-Imperial English [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996:639.
①Thomas Friedman. The Lexus and the Oliver Tree [M]. New York: Anchor Books, 2000: xvi.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 3.
③Amy Chua. World on Fire: How Exporting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instability [M]. New York: Random House, 2003: 6.
④Peter Burke. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004: 60.
⑤Joshua A. Fisherman, Andrew W. Conrad, Rubal-Lopez Alma. Post-Imperial English [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996: 639.
①巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:315.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997:33.
③王晓德.关于“美国化”和全球多元文化发展的思考[J].美国研究,2003(3):102.
④王晓德.关于“美国化”和全球多元文化发展的思考[J].美国研究,2003(3):101.
①David Graddol, Dick Leith, Joan Swann English: History, Diversity and Change [M]. London: Routledge, 1996: 136.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 59.
③罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社,2005:49-50.
④David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 136.
⑤Webster Noah. Dissertation on the English Language [D]. 1789.
①David Crystal. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997: 136-138.
②巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:311.
③David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 2.
④David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997 :30-31.
⑤阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.新华出版社,1996:477.
⑥David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 6.
⑦巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,等译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004:310.
①约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002:99-100.
②David Graddol. The Future of English? [M]. London: The British Council, 1997: 37.
①胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007:98-100.
②World Bank. World Development Indicator [R].2003: 298-300.
③胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007:101.
④刘晓莉,吴晶,郭丽琨.中文应用价值不断提升汉语国际推广进入最好期[EB/OL].[2008-12-11].http://www.ce.cn/culture/focus/200607/06/t20060706_7625033.shtml.
⑤易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7):40.
⑥徐晓燕.汉语将改变世界大脑[J].今日中国,2005(7):54.
⑦刘晓莉,吴晶,郭丽琨.中文应用价值不断提升汉语国际推广进入最好期[EB/OL].[2008-12-11].http://www.ce.cn/culture/focus/200607/06/t20060706_7625033.shtml.
①程瑛.孔子—你还能带领中国人在崎岖的文化小道上走[EB/OL]. [2008-12-09]. http://club.sohu.com/r-immure-28641-0-0-0.html.
②胡键.中国软力量:要素、资源、能力[A].上海社会科学院世界经济与政治研究院.国际体系与中国的软力量(国际关系研究):第二辑[C].北京:时事出版社,2006:132.
③吴晶.中国将帮助海外培养本土汉语教师[EB/OL]. [2008-09-22]. news.qq.com/a/20080922/003027.html.
④张文洁.国内对外汉语教学传播现状研究——以武大国际教育学院相关调查为样本[J].青年记者,2006(22):79.
⑤徐晓燕.汉语将改变世界大脑[J].今日中国,2005(7):55.
①约纳森·亚当斯,马克思·赫尔斯.中国的崛起尚未削弱英文影响[EB/OL]. [2008-09-25]. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20216718/site/newsweek/.
②“十一五”规划与中国未来发展走向[N/OL].人民论坛,2005-11-20 [2009-02-20].http://www.ce.cn/xwzx/gnsz/gdxw/200511/20/t20051120_5263432.shtml.
①Nobuyuki Honna, Yuko Takeshita. English education in Japan today: The impact of changing policies [A]. Wah Kam Ho, et al. English Language Teaching in East Asia Today. Singapore: Eastern University Press [C]. 2003: 183-211.
②Honna, Nobuyuki. East Asian Englishes [A]. Braj B. Kachru, Yamuna Kachru, Cecil L. Nelson. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006: 120.
③SHu-ling Ko, Lindy Yeh. English to be Made Official [N]. Taipei Times(Taiwan), 2002-05-01.
④参见汪榕培.中国英语是客观存在的[J].解放军外语学院学报,1991(1):1-8.
⑤参见李文中.中国英语与中国式英语[J].外语教学与研究,1993 (4):18-24.
⑥参见何自然.我国近年来的语用学研究[J].现代外语,1994(4).
⑦参见谢之君.中国英语:跨文化语言交际中的干扰变体[J].现代外语,1995(4).
⑧参见杜瑞清,姜亚军.近二十年“中国英语”研究述评[J].外语教学与研究,2001(1).
①参见B. Kachru. English in the World, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1985.
②Braf B. Kachru. Institionalized Second-language Varietie s[A]. Sidney Greenbaum. The English Language Today, Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1985: 124.
③WTO. International Trade Statistics 2006 [EB/OL]. [2008-10-15].http://www.wto.org/English/res-e/statis-e.htm.
④胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007:106.
①倪保志.谁与争锋:多极世界与中国[M].济南:山东大学出版社,2005:182.
②WTO. International Trade Statistics 2005. [EB/OL]. [2008-10-15].http://www.wto.org/English/res-e/statis-e.htm.
③易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7):40.
④易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7):40.
①汉语在亚洲有比肩英语趋势[EB/OL]. [2008-12-24]. http://news.sina.com.cn/c/2006-01-13/09067972136s.shtml.
②全世界讲中国话:汉语入世时代来了吗?[EB/OL]. [2008-10-20]. http://www.china.com.cn/book/txt/2008-10/20/content_16638844_2.htm.
③汉语成为中国另一个出口热潮[J].海外华文教育动态,2006(1):9.
④徐晓燕.汉语将改变世界大脑[J].今日中国,2005(7):55.
①梁英明.战后东南亚华人社会变化研究[M].北京:昆仑出版社,2001:167.
②易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7):40.
③塞缪尔·亨廷顿.文明的冲突与世界秩序的重建[M].周琪,等译.北京:新华出版社,1998:22.
④国务院新闻办公室.中国的和平发展道路白皮书[R/OL].北京:国务院新闻办公室,2005-12-22. [2009-03-20]. http://news.xinhuanet.com/politics/2005-12/22/content_3954937.htm.
⑤National Intelligence Council. Mapping the Global Future [EB/OL]. [2008-11-20].http://www.foia.cia.gov/2020/2020.pdf.
⑥胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007:33.
①阿诺德·汤因比.历史研究(修订插图本) [M].刘北成,郭小凌译.上海:上海人民出版社,2000:78彩图注释.
[1]蔡永良.美国的语言教育与语言政策[M].上海:上海三联出版社,2007.
[2]蔡昌卓.美国英语史:美国英语融合于创新的历史研究[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2002.
[3]蔡骐,孙有中.现代美国大众文化[M].北京:中国经济出版社,2000.
[4]陈大斌,王玉成.国际大众传播媒介简介[M].青岛:青岛出版社,1993.
[5]陈世敏.大众传播与文化变迁[M].台北:三民书局,1992.
[6]陈忠华,韩晓玲.语言学与文化人类学的边缘化及其交迭领域[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2007.
[7]陈紫华.一个岛国的崛起——英国工业革命[M].成都:西南师范大学出版社,1992.
[8]戴问天.为什么是英语[M].北京:东方出版社,2003.
[9]董健.超越国家——从主权破裂到新文明朦胧[M].北京:当代世界出版社,2002.
[10]范中汇.英国文化[M].北京:文化艺术出版社,2003.
[11]高振强.全球著名媒体经典案例剖析[M].北京:中国国际广播出版社,2003.
[12]龚铁鹰.软权力的系统分析[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2008.
[13]顾曰国.变化中的英语[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,1997.
[14]郭可.当代对外传播[M].上海:复旦大学出版社,2003.
[15]郭鸿杰.英语对现代汉语的影响——语言认知研究法[M].上海:上海交通大学出版社,2005.
[16]郭圣铭.美国独立战争[M].北京:商务印书馆,1984.
[17]胡鞍钢.中国崛起之路[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2007.
[18]哈佛燕京学社.全球化与文明对话[M].南京:江苏教育出版社,2004.
[19]花建,等.软权力之争:全球化视野中的文化潮流[M].上海:上海社会科学院出版社,2001.
[20]黄安年.美国的崛起——17—19世纪的美国[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1992.
[21]金惠康.中国英语[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2004.
[22]姜飞.海外传媒在中国[M].北京:中国文联出版社,2005.
[23]蒋孟引.英国史[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1998.
[24]蒋原伦.媒体文化与消费文化[M].北京:中国编译出版社,2004.
[25]李怀亮,刘悦笛.文化巨无霸:当代美国文化产业研究[M].广州:广东人民出版社,2005.
[26]李希光,周庆安主编.软力量与全球传播[M].北京:清华大学出版社,2005.
[27]李希光,周庆安.软力量与全球传播[M].北京:清华大学出版社,2005.
[28]李幸,刘荃.传播媒介的历史之光——广播电影电视史论[M].南京:南京师范大学出版社,2006.
[29]李一文,马风书.当代国际组织与国际关系[M].天津:天津人民出版社,2002.
[30]李荫华.英语词典初探[M].北京:商务印书馆,1985.
[31]梁英明.战后东南亚华人社会变化研究[M].北京:昆仑出版社,2001.
[32]林柏.国际传播理论与国际传播英语[M].北京:对外经济贸易大学出版社,2007.
[33]刘德斌.美国霸权的历史转型:软权力研究[D].长春:吉林大学行政学院,2001.
[34]刘德斌.国际关系史[M].北京:高等教育出版社,2003.
[35]刘登阁.全球文化风暴[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2000
[36]刘国柱.美国文化的新边疆[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2005.
[37]刘继南,周积华,段鹏.国际传播与国家形象——国际关系的新视角[M].北京:北京广播学院出版社,2002.
[38]刘继南.大众传播与国际关系[M].北京:北京广播学院出版社,1999.
[39]陈卫星.国际关系与全球传播[M].北京:北京广播学院出版社,2003.
[40]刘金源,洪霞.潮汐英国人[M].成都:四川人民出版社,2001.
[41]刘伟胜.文化霸权概论[M].石家庄:河北人民出版社,2002.
[42]刘绪贻,杨生茂.美国通史:第4卷[M].北京:人民出版社,2001.
[43]罗钢、刘象愚.后殖民主义文化理论[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1999.
[44]明安香.美国:超级传媒帝国[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2005.
[45]倪保志.谁与争锋:多极世界与中国[M].济南:山东大学出版社,2005.
[46]潘一禾.文化与国际关系[M].南京:浙江大学出版社,2005.
[47]潘知常,林玮.大众传媒与大众文化[M].上海:上海人民出版社,2002.
[48]齐世荣.英国:从称霸世界到回归欧洲[M].西安:三秦出版社,2005.
[49]裘克安.英语与英国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993.
[50]齐沪扬.传播语言学[M].郑州:河南人民出版社,2000.
[51]齐小新.美国文化研究导论[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2001.
[52]钱乘旦,许洁明.英国通史[M].上海:上海社会科学院出版社,2003.
[53]钱冠连.语言:人类最后的家园[M].北京:商务印书馆,2005.
[54]申小龙.语言与文化的现代思考[M].郑州:河南人民出版社,2000.
[55]上海社会科学院世界经济与政治研究院.国际体系与中国的软力量[M].北京:时事出版社,2006.
[56]世界知识年鉴编辑委员会.世界知识年鉴[M].北京:世界知识出版社,1988.
[57]施兴和.近代国际关系史[M].合肥:安徽大学出版社,2003.
[58]滕藤.开创现代文明的帝国——英国百年强国历程[M].哈尔滨:黑龙江人民出版社,1998.
[59]童之侠.国际传播语言学[M].北京:中国传媒大学出版社,2005.
[60]王福祥,吴汉樱.语言学:历史·理论·方法[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2008.
[61]王杰.国际格局与国际组织[M].北京:北京大学出版社,1993.
[62]王蕾.美国图书宣传研究[M].长春:东北师范大学出版社,2003.
[63]王联.世界民族主义论[M].北京:北京大学出版社,2005.
[64]王列,杨雪冬.全球化与世界[M].北京:中央编译出版社,1998.
[65]王宁,薛晓源.全球化与后殖民批评[M].北京:中央编译出版社,1998.
[66]王昺,姜芃.加拿大文明[M].福州:福建教育出版社,2008.
[67]王觉非.近代英国史[M].南京:南京大学出版社,1997.
[68]王绳祖.国际关系史(1648—1814)(第一卷)[M].北京:世界知识出版社,1995.
[69]王晓德.美国文化和美国外交[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2000.
[70]王星,等.人类文化的空间组合[M].上海:上海人民出版社,1990.
[71]王义桅.世界是椭圆的:未来国际秩序展望[M].上海:同济大学出版社,2007.
[72]王逸舟.世界政治与中国外交[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2003.
[73]王逸舟.西方国际政治:历史与理论[M].上海:上海人民出版社,1998.
[74]王逸舟.全球化和新经济[M].北京:中国发展出版社,2002.
[75]王振华.英联邦兴衰[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,1991.
[76]吴士余.大众文化研究[M].上海:上海三联书店,2001.
[77]解力夫,冯光.白金汉宫的春秋——英国王室[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,1998.
[78]阎照祥.英国史[M].北京:人民出版社,2003.
[79]颜治强.世界英语概论[M].北京:外语教学与研究出版社,2002.
[80]殷晓蓉.网络传播文化:历史与未来[M].北京:清华大学出版社,2005.
[81]尤泽顺.乔姆斯基:语言、政治与美国对外政策研究[M].北京:世界知识出版社,2005.
[82]余建华.民族主义:历史遗产与时代风云的交汇[M].北京:学林出版社,1999.
[83]余薇.英语国际化形势下中国英语教育发展史研究[D].济南:山东大学,2008.
[84]余志森.英国史话[M].上海:上海辞书出版社,1998.
[85]袁明.国际关系史[M].北京:北京大学出版社,1994.
[86]张公瑾,丁石庆.文化语言学教程[M].北京:教育科学出版社,2004.
[87]张顺洪,孟庆龙,毕健康.英美新殖民主义[M].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2007.
[88]张晓明,尹昌龙,李平.国际文化产业发展报告(2007第一卷)[R].北京:社会科学文献出版社,2007.
[89]张亚东.重商帝国:1689—1783年的英帝国研究[M].北京:中国社会科学出版社,2004.
[90]赵淑萍.美国电视纵横[M].北京:华文出版社,1999.
[91]赵一凡.美国的历史文献[M].北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1989.
[92]郑立信,顾嘉祖.美国英语与美国文化[M].长沙:湖南教育出版社,1993.
[93]郑寅达,费佩君.澳大利亚史[M].上海:华东师范大学出版社,1991.
[94]中国现代国际关系研究所.信息革命与国际关系[M].北京:时事出版社,2002.
[95]庄宗明.世界经济学[M].北京:科学出版社,2003.
[1] [苏]阿·符·叶菲莫夫.美国史纲(1492年—19世纪70年代)[M].庚声,译.北京:生活·读书·新知三联书店,1972.
[2] [美]阿尔文·托夫勒.力量转移——临近21世纪时的知识、财富和暴力[M].刘炳章,卢佩文,张今,等译.北京:新华出版社,1996.
[3] [法]阿芒·马特拉.世界传播与文化霸权——思想与战略的历史[M].陈卫星,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[4] [英]阿诺德·汤因比.历史研究(修订插图本)[M].刘北成,郭小凌译.上海:上海人民出版社,2000.
[5] [英]阿萨·勃里格斯.英国社会史[M].陈叔平,刘城,刘幼勤,等译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,1991.
[6] [美]阿瑟·林克,威廉·卡顿. 1900年以来的美国史[M].刘绪贻,等译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1983.
[7] [美]爱德华·赫尔曼,罗伯特·麦克切斯尼.全球媒体——全球资本主义的新传教士[M].甄春亮,等译.天津:天津人民出版社,2001.
[8] [美]爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.东方学[M].王宇根,译.北京:三联书店出版社,1999.
[9] [美]爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.文化与帝国主义[M].李琨译.北京:三联书店出版社,2003.
[10] [英]埃里·凯杜里.民族主义[M].张明明,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[11] [英]安东尼·史密斯.民族主义——理论,意识形态,历史[M].叶江,译.上海:上海世纪出版集团,2006.
[12] [英]安东尼·D·史密斯.全球化时代的民族与民族主义[M].龚维斌,良警宇,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[13] [英]巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,主译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004.
[14] [英]巴兹尔·戴维逊.现代非洲史[M].舒晨,李立清,张学姗,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1989.
[15] [美]彼得·卡赞斯坦.地区构成的世界:美国帝权中的亚洲和欧洲[M].秦亚青,魏玲,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2007.
[16] [英]布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996.
[17] [英] D·G·E·霍尔.东南亚史[M].中山大学东南亚历史研究所,译.北京:商务印书馆,1982.
[18] [英]达雅·屠苏.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004.
[19] [英]戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001.
[20] [美]道格拉斯·凯尔纳.媒体奇观——当代美国社会文化透视[M].史安斌,译.北京:清华大学出版社,2003.
[7] [美]爱德华·赫尔曼,罗伯特·麦克切斯尼.全球媒体——全球资本主义的新传教士[M].甄春亮,等译.天津:天津人民出版社,2001.
[8] [美]爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.东方学[M].王宇根,译.北京:三联书店出版社,1999.
[9] [美]爱德华·沃第尔·萨伊德.文化与帝国主义[M].李琨译.北京:三联书店出版社,2003.
[10] [英]埃里·凯杜里.民族主义[M].张明明,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[11] [英]安东尼·史密斯.民族主义——理论,意识形态,历史[M].叶江,译.上海:上海世纪出版集团,2006.
[12] [英]安东尼·D·史密斯.全球化时代的民族与民族主义[M].龚维斌,良警宇,译.北京:中央编译出版社,2002.
[13] [英]巴里·布赞,理查德·利特尔.世界历史中的国际体系——国际关系研究的再构建[M].刘德斌,主译.北京:高等教育出版社,2004.
[14] [英]巴兹尔·戴维逊.现代非洲史[M].舒晨,李立清,张学姗,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,1989.
[15] [美]彼得·卡赞斯坦.地区构成的世界:美国帝权中的亚洲和欧洲[M].秦亚青,魏玲,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2007.
[16] [英]布赖恩·拉平.帝国斜阳[M].钱乘旦,计秋枫,陈仲丹,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1996.
[17] [英] D·G·E·霍尔.东南亚史[M].中山大学东南亚历史研究所,译.北京:商务印书馆,1982.
[18] [英]达雅·屠苏.国际传播:延续与变革[M].董关鹏,等译.北京:新华出版社,2004.
[19] [英]戴维·赫尔德,等.全球大变革:全球化时代的政治、经济与文化[M].杨雪冬,等译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001.
[20] [美]道格拉斯·凯尔纳.媒体奇观——当代美国社会文化透视[M].史安斌,译.北京:清华大学出版社,2003.
[36] [德]里夏德·范迪尔门.欧洲近代生活:宗教、巫术、启蒙运动[M].王亚平,译.北京:东方出版社,2005.
[37] [美]林恩·桑戴克.世界文化史[M].陈廷璠,译,陈恒,整理.上海:上海三联书店,2005.
[38] [美]卢瑟·S·路德克.构建美国——美国的社会与文化[C].王波,王一多,译.南京:江苏人民出版社,2006.
[39] [法]路易·多洛.国际文化关系[M].孙恒,译.上海:上海人民出版社,1987.
[40] [美]罗伯特·福特纳.国际传播:全球都市的历史、冲突及控制[M].刘利群,译.北京:华夏出版社,2000.
[41] [美]罗伯特·基欧汉,约瑟夫·奈.权力与相互依赖[M].林茂辉,段胜武,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2002.
[42] [英]罗伯特·麦克拉姆.英语的故事[M].欧阳昱,译.北京:百花文艺出版社, 2005.
[43] [美] M·德图佐斯.未来的社会[M].周昌忠,译.上海:上海译文出版社,1998.
[44] [法]马尔库塞.爱欲与文明[M].黄勇,薛民,译.上海:上海译文出版社,1987.
[45] [美]马克·波斯特.第二媒介时代[M].范静哗,译.南京:南京大学出版社,2001.
[46] [美]马克·波斯特.信息方式——后结构主义与社会语境[M].范静哗,译.北京:商务印书馆,2000.
[47] [德]马勒茨克.跨文化交流:不同文化的人与人之间的交往[M].潘亚玲,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2001.
[48] [美]迈克尔·埃默里,南希·L·罗伯茨.美国新闻史——大众传播媒介解释史:第9版[M].展江,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2004.
[49] [英]尼克·史蒂文森.认识媒介文化——社会理论与大众传播[M].王文斌,译.北京:商务印书馆,2003.
[50] [英]诺曼·戴维斯.欧洲史[M].郭方,刘北成,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2007.
[51] [美]欧文·拉兹洛.多种文化的星球[M].戴侃、辛未,译.北京:社会科学文献出版社,2001.
[52] [法]皮埃尔·布尔迪厄.言语意味着什么[M].楮思真,等译.北京:商务印书馆,2005.
[53] [美]乔纳森·弗里德.文化认同与全球性过程[M].周宪、许钧,译.北京:商务印书馆,2003.
[54] [英]屈勒味林.英国史[M].钱端升,译.北京:中国社会科学出版社,2008.
[55] [法]让-诺埃尔·让纳内.西方媒介史[M].段惠敏,译,桂林:广西师范大学出版社,2005.
[56] [法]让·瑟利耶,安德烈·瑟利耶.西欧人文图志[M].吕艳霞,王恬,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2008.
[57] [美]塞缪尔·亨廷顿.我们是谁:美国国家特性面临的挑战[M].程克雄,译.北京:新华出版社,2005.
[58] [美]塞缪尔·亨廷顿.文明的冲突与世界秩序的重建[M].周琪,等译.北京:新华出版社,1998.
[59] [美]时代-生活图书公司.伊丽莎白王朝·英格兰[M].刘新义,译.济南:山东画报出版社,2001.
[60] [苏]斯大林.马克思主义与语言学问题[M].中共中央马克思、恩格斯、列宁、斯大林著作编译局,译.北京:人民出版社,1953.
[61] [英]提莫·邓恩,密切尔·考克斯,肯·布斯.八十年危机:1919—1999年的国际关系[M].周丕启,译.北京:新华出版社,2003.
[62] [德] W·洪堡特.论思维和说话[M].姚小平,译.长沙:湖南教育出版社,2001.
[63] [美]威廉·麦克高希.世界文明史——观察世界的新视角[M].董建中,等译.北京:新华出版社,2003.
[64] [英]温斯顿·丘吉尔.英语国家史略[M].薛力敏,林林,译.北京:新华出版社,1983.
[65] [美]西蒙斯.美国早期史:从殖民地建立到独立[M].朱绛,等译.北京:商务印书馆,1994.
[66] [苏]谢列兹涅夫.心理战:战争与意识形态斗争[M].张俊英译.长春:吉林人民出版社,1981.
[67] [法]雅克·杜加斯特. 19世纪和20世纪之交的欧洲文化生活[M].黄艳红,译.北京:中国人民大学出版社,2007.
[68] [美]约瑟夫·奈.美国霸权的困惑——为什么美国不能独断专行[M].郑志国,等译.北京:世界知识出版社,2002.
[69] [美]约瑟夫·奈.软力量——世界政坛成功之道[M].吴晓辉,钱程,译.北京:东方出版社,2005.
[70] [英]伊恩·布鲁玛.伏尔泰的椰子:欧洲的英国文化热[M].刘雪岚,萧萍,译.北京:三联出版社,2007.
[71] [英]亚历山大·温特.国际政治的社会理论[M].秦亚青,译,上海:上海世纪出版集团,2000.
[72] [英]詹姆斯·卡瑞,珍·辛顿.英国新闻史:第3版[M].栾轶枚,译,北京:清华大学出版社,2005.
[73] [日]佐藤卓己.现代传媒史[M].诸葛蔚东,译.北京:北京大学出版社,2004.
[1]蔡永良.语言历史主义——论历史学与语言学的交叉研究[J].常熟高专学报,2004(1).
[2]曹杰旺.关于英语霸权时代民族语言文化保护的思考[J].当代世界与社会主义,2005(4).
[3]陈玉聃.论文化软权力的边界[J].现代国际关系,2006(1).
[4]陈燕谷. Hegemony(霸权/领导权)[J].读书,1995(2).
[5]杜瑞清,姜亚军.近二十年“中国英语”研究述评[J].外语教学与研究,2001(1).
[6]杜争鸣.世界英语语境与中国英语中的语言与文化[J].外语与外语教学,1998,(8).
[7]格里姆.论语言的起源[A].张会森,译.语言学译丛[M]. 1960(2).
[8]郭家宏.英国旧殖民体制的特征及其瓦解的原因[J].史学月刊,2000(6).
[9]郭可.国际传播中的英语强势及影响[J].现代传播,2002(6).
[10]何南林.英语是如何“热”起来的[J].读书,2003(3).
[11]胡鞍钢,张晓群.国际视角下中国传媒实力的实证分析——兼与黄旦、屠正锋先生商榷[J].战略与管理,清华大学学报,2007,22(3).
[12]胡键.中国软力量:要素、资源、能力[A].上海社会科学院世界经济与政治研究院.国际体系与中国的软力量(国际关系研究):第二辑[C].北京:时事出版社,2006.
[13]何自然.我国近年来的语用学研究[J].现代外语,1994(4).
[14]黄欣.论英语在我国的产业化发展[J].集团经济研究,2007(19).
[15]贾冠杰,向明友.为中国英语一辩[J].外语与外语教学,1997(5).
[16]姜守明.民族国家形成时期英国殖民扩张特点探析[J].世界历史,2004(2).
[17]姜亚军.英语姓什么[J].读书,1998(11).
[18]姜亚军,杜瑞清.有关“中国英语”的问题[J].外语教学,2003(1).
[19]教科文组织广播[J].信使,1997(2).
[20]聚焦美国图书出版业的收购兼并[J].中国高校科技与产业化,2005(5).
[21]李环.浅析美国国家软力量[J].国际关系学院学报,2002(1).
[22]李荣静.浅析当代国际关系中文化因素的作用[J].理论与现代化,2004(2).
[23]李文中.中国英语与中国式英语[J].外语教学与研究,1993 (4).
[24]林涛.国际关系理论中的权力:科技因素的视角[J].科技管理研究. 2007(12).
[25]刘德斌.软权力:美国霸权的挑战与启示[J].吉林大学社会科学学报,2001(3).
[26]刘德斌.“软权力”说的由来与发展[J].吉林大学社会科学学报,2004(4).
[27]刘海涛.国际关系中的语言平等:中国的作用[A]. Toward a New International Language Order [M]. Roherdam: Universala Esperanto Asocio, 2004.
[28]洛阳大学外国语学院课题组.美国之音新闻广播的传播特色[J].洛阳大学学报,2004,19(3).
[29]乔飞.美国图书销售五大现状[J].国外出版瞭望,2003,375(7上旬刊).
[30]秦亚青.世界政治的文化理论——文化结构、文化单位与文化力[A].秦亚青.权力·制度·文化:国际关系理论与方法研究文集[C].北京:北京大学出版社,2005.
[31]田文林.国际政治视野中的文化因素[J].现代国际关系,1999(9).
[32]王沪宁.文化扩张与文化主权:对主权观念的挑战[J].复旦学报(社会科学版),1994(3).
[33]汪榕培.中国英语是客观存在的[J].解放军外语学院学报,1991(1).
[34]王淑芳.全球化时代国际竞争主题的转换[J].理论探讨,2005(4).
[35]王晓春.论网络对民族文化发展的影响[J].自然辩证法研究,2000(2).
[36]王晓德.关于“美国化”和全球多元文化发展的思考[J].美国研究,2003(3).
[37]王晓德.美国大众文化的全球扩张及其实质[J].世界经济与政治,2004(4)..
[38]王晓德.对全球“美国化”的一种重新审视[J].学术研究,2006(4).
[39]王晓德.关于“全球化”与“美国化”的几点思考[J].史学月刊,2006(7).
[40]王晓德.美国大众文化的传播与欧洲的“美国化”[J].社会科学战线,2007(1).
[41]王晓德.“软实力”与美国大众文化的全球扩张[J].历史教学(高校版),2007(10).
[42]王晓德.全球化不等同于美国化[J].历史教学(高校版),2007(5).
[43]王银泉.英语的全球化、本土化与标准化[J].解放军外国语学院学报,2002,25(2).
[44]魏龙泉.美国图书出口的八种方法[J].编辑学刊,1998(6).
[45]谢之君.中国英语:跨文化语言交际中的干扰变体[J].现代外语,1995(4).
[46]徐晓燕.汉语将改变世界大脑[J].今日中国,2005(7).
[47]仰和,王瑜.技术优势≠文化霸权[ J].国际新闻界,2006(5).
[48]易查.汉语正成为“通用货币”[J].瞭望新闻周刊,2008-02-18(6/7).
[49]伊怀杰.以色列的国际传播机制[A].陈卫星.国际关系与全球传播[C].北京:北京广播学院出版社,2003.
[50]章杉.霸权主义的软力量和硬力量[J].理论与探索,2000(1).
[51]张建辉.英国的殖民扩张及其殖民制度体系[J].咸阳师专学报,1997(4).
[52]张杰.语言全球化:一体化与多元化[J].外国语,2002(6).
[53]张聚国.论美国殖民协会的性质[J].世界历史,2006(5)..
[54]张文洁.国内对外汉语教学传播现状研究——以武大国际教育学院相关调查为样本[J].青年记者,2006(22).
[55]张小明.重视软权力因素[J].现代国际关系,2004(3).
[56]张小明.约瑟夫·奈的软权力思想分析[J].美国研究,2005(1).
[57]赵刚.全球化时代的软权力与文化安全策略[J].国际论坛,2004,6(2).
[58]郑厚尧.从不列颠帝国到英语帝国——英语帝国主义的特征[J].长江大学学报(社会科学版),2007(4).
[59]朱峰.浅析国际关系中的软权力[J].国际论坛,2002,4(2).
[60]朱风云.英语的霸主地位与语言生态[J].外语研究,2003(6).
[1] Ammon, Ulrich. the Dominance of English as a Language of Science: Effects on Other Languages and Language Communication [M]. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 2001.
[2] Andersen, Julie T. Linguistics in America 1769-1924: A Critical History [M]. Routledge, Chapman and Hall Inc., 1990.
[3] Anokwa, Kwadwo, Lin, Carolyn A., Salwen, Michael B. International Communication: Concepts and Cases [M]. Belmont: Wadsworth, 2003.
[4] Artz, Lee, Bren Ortega Murphy. Cultural Hegemony in the United States[M]. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2000.
[5] Bazaco, Evergisto. History of Education in the Philippines [M]. Manila: University of Santo Tomas Press, 1953.
[6] Barker, W. A. A General History of England, 1688—1852 [M]. London, 1963.
[7] Baugh, Albert C., Cable, Thomas. A History of the English Language [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language teaching and Research Press/ Routledge, 2001.
[8] Bell, Daniel. The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: a Venture in Social Forecasting [M]. New York: Hill and Wang, 2000.
[9] Blanchard, William H. Neocolonialism American Style [M]. CT: Greenwood Press, 1996.
[10] Boahened, A. Adu.. General History of Africa, Vol. VII. [M]. Paris: Unesco, 1991.
[11] Boorstin, Daniel J. The Americans, The Colonial Experiences [M]. Random House Inc., 1958.
[12] Brutt-Griffler, Janina. World English: A Study of Its Development [M]. Multilingual Matters Limited, 2002.
[13] Bryson, Bill. The Mother Tongue: English & how it got that way [M]. New York: William Morrow and Company, Inc., 1990.
[14] Burke, Peter. Language and Communities in Early Modern Europe [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004.
[15] Butsch, Richard, For Fun and Profit: the Transformation of Leisure into Consumption [M]. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1990.
[16] Carnes, Mark C., Garraty, John A.. A History of the United States: 12th ed. [M]. Pearson Education, Inc, 2006.
[17] Chandler, Alfred D. Jr., Cortada, James W. A Nation Transformed by Information: How Information Has Shaped the United States from Colonial Times to the Present [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2000.
[18] Chua, Amy. World on Fire. How Exprting Free Market Democracy Breeds Ethnic Hatred and Global Instabilit [M]. New York: Random House, 2003.
[19] Churchill, Bernardita. Education in the Philippines at the Turn of the 20th Century: Background for American Policy [M]. Unpublished manuscript, 2001.
[20] Coulmas, F. Language and Economy [M]. Oxford: Blackwell, 1992.
[21] Cooper, R. L. Language Spread: Studies in Diffusion and Social Change [M]. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, for the Center for Applied Linguistics, 1982.
[22] Craith, Mairead Nic. Language, Power and Identity Politics[M]. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.
[23] Crystal, David. English as a Global Language [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.
[24] de Crevecoeur, St. John, Hector, John.. Letters from an American Farmer [M]. New York, 1904.
[25] Dickson, P., Cumming, A. Profiles of Language Education in 25 Countries [M]. Slough: NFER, 1996.
[26] Dinnerstein, Leonard. Ethnic Americans: A History of Immigration :3th ed. [M]. New York: Harper Collins Publishers, 1988.
[27] Eggington, Williams G., Wren, Helen. Language Policy: Dominant English, Pluralist Challenges [M]. Amsterdam/Canberra: John Benjamins/Language Australia, 1997.
[28] Elkhatib, Ahmed. Case Studies of Four Egyptian College Freshman Writers majoring in English [D]. New York: Columbia University, 1984.
[29] Encyclopedia Britannica. Britannica Book of the Year [M]. Chicago: Encyclopedia Britannica, Inc., 1995.
[30] Falenheim, B. J. The Flow of Television Programs in South America in the Context of Regionism [D]. University of Texas at Austin, 1998.
[31] Fairclough, N. Discourse and Social Change [M]. Cambridge: Polity, 1994.
[32] Fennell, Barbara A. A History of English– A Sociolinguistic Approach [M]. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd, 2005.
[33] Fishman, Joshua A., Cooper, R. L.,Conrad, A. W.. The Spread of English: The sociology of English as an Additional Language [M]. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House, 1977.
[34] Fishman, Joshua A., Conrad, Andrew W., Alma, Rubal-Lopez. Post-Imperial English [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996.
[35] Fought, Carmen. Language and Ethnicity [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.
[36] Freeborn, Nennis. From Old English to Standard English [M]. Peking: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press/Macmillan Publisher Ltd., 2000.
[37] Friedman, Thomas. The Lexus and the Oliver Tree [M]. New York: Anchor Books, 2000.
[38] Goerlach, Manfred. The Linguistic History of English [M]. Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1997.
[39] Gramsci, Antonio. Selections from Cultural Writings [M]. ed. David Fogacs, Geoffrey Nowell-Smith, trans. William Boelhower. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1985.
[40] Green, Jonathan. Chasing the Sun [M]. London:Random House, 1993.
[41] Greenbaum, Sidney. The English Language Today [M]. Oxford: Pergamon, 1985.
[42] Handlin, Oscar, etc. Harvard Encyclopedia of American Ethnic Groups [M]. MA: Harvard University Press, 1980.
[43] Herman, E., McChesney, R. The Global Media: the New Missionaries of Corporate Capitalism [M]. London: Cassell, 1997.
[44] Hoffman, Elizabeth Cobbs. All You Need is Love: The Peace Corps and the Spirit of 1960s [M]. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Hardwrd University Press, 1998.
[45] Hoopes, Roy. The Complete Peace Corps Guide [M]. New York: The Dial Press, INC., 1968.
[46] Hoskins, Colin, Stuart McFadyen, Adam Finn. Global Television and Film [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997.
[47] Jourdan, Christine, Tuite, Kevin. Language, Culture and Society [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2006.
[48] Kachru, B. English in the World [M].Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1985.
[49] Kachru, Y. C., Nelson, L. World Englishes in Asian Contexts [M]. Hongkong: Hongkong University Press, 2006.
[50] Karen, Risager. Language and Culture– Global Flows and Local Complexity [M]. Clevedon/Buffalo: Multilingual Matters, 2006.
[51] Kendall, E. The End of an Era-Africa and Missionary [M]. London: Casell, 1978.
[52] Klerk, Vivian de. English around the World: Focus on South Africa [M]. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins, 1996.
[53] Knowles, Gerry. A Cultural History of the English Language [M]. Arnold: a member of the Hodder Headline Group, 1979.
[54] Latouche, S. The Westernization of the World: the Significance, scope and limits of the drive toward global uniformity [M]. translated by R. Morris. Cambridge: Polity Press, 1996.
[55] Lauristin, Marju, Vihalemm, Peter. Return to the Western World, Cultural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [M], Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997.
[56] Leith, Dick. A Social History of English [M]. London: Routledge/Kegan Paul, 1983.
[57] Lindsay, J.O. The New Cambridge Modern History,Ⅶ, the Old Regime, 1713—1763 [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988.
[58] M., Vernon Jr. Briggs. Mass Immigration and the National Interest: Policy Directions for the New Century [M]. M.E: Sharpe, 1992.
[59] Macintyre, Stuart. A Concise History of Australia: 2nd. Ed. [M]. Shanghai: Shanghai Foreign Language Education Press, 2006.
[60] Mair, Christian. Cultural Politics of English as a World Language: New Horizons in Postcolonial Cultural Studies [M]. Amsterdam/ New York: NY Editions Rodopi, 2003.
[61] Malherbe, Ernest G. Education in South Africa (1652—1922) [M]. Cape Town: Juta & Co., 1925.
[62] Marshall, P. J. The Cambridge Illustrated History of the British Empire [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1996.
[63] Marshall, P.J. the Oxford History of the British Empire, Vol.Ⅱ, The Eighteenth Century [M]. Oxford: Oxford University, 1998.
[64] Mazrui, A. A. Political Values and the Educated Class in Africa [M]. Berkeley /Los Angeles: University of California Press, 1978.
[65] Mc Phail, Thomas L. Global Communication: Theories, Stakeholders and Trends [M]. Allyn & Bacon, 2002.
[66] Morgan, Kenneth O. The Oxford History of Britain [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press, Oxford: Oxford University, 2007.
[67] Morison, Samuel Eliot. The Oxford History of the American People: Vol.3 [M]. New York: the New American Library, Inc., 1972.
[68] Noah, Webster. Dissertation on the English Language [D]. 1789.
[69] Nye, Joseph S. Jr. Bound to Lead: The Changing Nature of American Power [M]. New York: Basic Books, 1990.
[70] Oliver, Roland, Atmore, Anthony. Africa since 1800 [M]. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1981.
[71] Pandit, S. From Making to Music: the History of Thorn EMI [M]. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1996.
[72] Pennycook, Alastair. The Cultural Politics of English as an International Language [M]. London: Longman, 1994.
[73] Pennycook, Alastair. Global Englishes and Transcultural Flows [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 2007.
[74] Phillipson, Robert. Linguistic Imperialism [M]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1992.
[75] Platt, J., Weber, H., Ho, M. L. The New Englishes [M]. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul,1984.
[76] Puetz, Martin, Fishman, Joshua A.. Along the Routes to Power– Exploration of Empowerment through Language [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 2006.
[77] Ratner, S., Sollow, J. H., Sylla, R. The Evolution of the American Economy: Growth, Welfare and Decision Making [M]. New York: Basic Hooks, 1979.
[78] Ricento, Thomas. An Introduction to Language Policy: Theory and Method [M]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[79] Robin, R. A Short History of Linguistics: 1st ed. [M]. London: Longman, 1967.
[80] Romanov, Artemii Iu. British and American Words in the Russsian Language and Attitude towards Them [M]. St. Petersburg: St. Petersburg University Press, 2000.
[81] Samovar, Larry A., Porter, Richard E., Stefani, Lisa A. Communication between Cultures [M]. Beijing: Foreign Language teaching and Research Press/ Brooks/ Cole/ Thomson Learning Asia, 2000.
[82] Sapir, E. Language: An Introduction to the Study of Speech [M]. New York: Harcourt, Brace Co., 1921.
[83] Schement, Jorge Reina, Curtis, Terry, Tendencies and Tensions of the Information Age: The Production and Distribution of Information in the United States [M]. New Brunswick: Transaction, 1995.
[84] Schiffman, H. F. Linguistic culture and language policy [M]. London/New York: Routledge, 1996.
[85] Schiller, H. Mass Communication and American Empire [M]. New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1976.
[86] Schiller, H. Communication and Cultural Domination [M]. New York: International Arts and Science Press, 1976.
[87] Searles, David. The Peace Corps Experience, Challenge and Change 1969—1976 [M]. Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1997.
[88] Shahed, F. H.. English in Bangladesh: A Study of Urban Educated Public Attitudes [D]. Delhi: Jawaharlal Nehru University, 2001.
[89] Sherlock, P. West Indies [M]. London: Thames and Hudson, 1966.
[90] Skutnabb-Kangas, T., Phillipson, R. Linguistic Human Rights: Overcoming Linguistic Discrimination [M]. Berlin/New York: Mouton de Gruyter, 1994.
[91] Stavrianos, L. S. The World History Since 1950:A Global History: 2nded. [M]. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall Inc., 1971.
[92] Steiner, G. After Babel:Aspects of Language and Translation [M]. Oxford:Oxford University Press, 1975.
[93] Straubhaar, Joseph, La Rose, Robert. Media Now– Understanding Media, Culture and Technology: 4th ed. [M]. Thomson Learning, 2004.
[94] Sundermeier, Theo. Church and Nationalism in South Africa [M]. Johannesburg: Ravan Press, 1975.
[95] Syzliowicz, Joseph. Education and Modernization in the Middle East [M]. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1973.
[96] Tollefson, J. W. Language Policies in Education: Critical Issues [M]. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 2002.
[97] Thussu, D. International Communication: Continuity and Change [M].London: Arnold, 2000.
[98] Tunstall, J. The Media are American: Anglo-American Media in the World [M]. London: Constable, 1977.
[99] Turner, Frederic Jackson. The Frontier in American History [M]. New York:Henry Holt, 1921.
[100] Varis, T. International Flow of Television Programmes [M]. Paris: UNESCO., 1985.
[101] Webster, Noah. An American Dictionary of the English Language [M]. New York: S.Coverse. Facsimile reprint, San Francisco: Foundation for American Christian Education, 1967.
[102] Wildman S. S., Siwek, S. E. International Trade in Films and Television Programs [M]. Cambridge, MA:Ballinger,1988.
[103] Wilhelm, D. Global Communications and Political Power [M]. New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction, 1990
[104] UNDP. Human Development Report [R]. United Nations Development Programme. Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press, 1999.
[105] UNESCO. World Culture Report 1998: Culture, Creativity and Markets [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational,Scientific and Cultural Organization, 1998.
[106] Yule, George. The Study of Language [M]. Peking: Foreign Language teaching and Research Press, 2000.
[1] Amin, H. Egypt and the Arab World in the Satellite Age [A]. Jacka, E., Sinclair, J., Cunningham, S. New Patterns in Global Television [C]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997.
[2] Ammon, U. To What Extent Is German an International Language? [A]. Stevenson, P. The German Language and the Real World: Sociolinguistic, Cultural and Pragmatic Perspectives on Contemporary German [C]. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1995.
[3] Asselineau, Roger. A Complex Fate [J]. Journal of American Studies, No. 14, April 1980, 14(4).
[4] Bautista, Maria Lourdes S., Gonzales, Andrew B. Southeast Asian Englishes [J]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[5] Bens, E. de, Smaele, H. de. The Flow of American Television Fiction on European Broadcast Channels Revisited [J]. European Journal of Communication, 2001(16).
[6] Berns, M.. English in the European Union [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(3).
[7] Bhatia, Tej K. World Englishes in Global Adervertising [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[8] Coffman, J. Higher Education in the Gulf: Privatization and Americanization [J]. International Higher Education, 2003, 33 (Fall).
[9] Coulmas, Florian. Changing Language Regimes in Globalizing Environment [A]. International Journal of the Sociology of Languag e[C]. 2005(175/176).
[10] Dickson, Thomas Hume. We Need a Forest of Tongues [N]. The Global and Mail. 2001-07-07.
[11] El-Dash, Linda Gentry, Busnardo, Joanne. Brazilian Attitudes toward English: Dimensions of Status and Solidarity [J]. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2001, 11(1).
[12] Cox, James. US Success Draws Envy, Protests [N]. USA Today ,2000-08-03(1B).
[13] Essen, A. Ven. English in Mainland Europe-a Dutch Perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1996, 16(1).
[14] Findahl, O. Language in the Age of Satellite Television [J]. European Journal of Communication, 1989(14).
[15] Firth, A.“Lingua Franca”English and Conversation Analysis [J]. Journal of Pragmatics, 1996(April).
[16] Fishman, Joshua. Summary and Interpretation: Post-Imperial English 1940—1990 [A]. Fisherman, Joshua, Conrad, Andrew W. Post Imperial English [C]. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 1996.
[17] Fonzari, Lorenza. English in Estonian Multicultural Society [J]. World Englishes, 1999, 18(1).
[18] Gandhi, Mahatma. There is no salutation for India [A]. Arthur, B. The Penguin Book of Tweentieth-Century Speech [C]. New York: Viking, 1992.
[19] Gardels, Nathan. From Magic Kingdom to Media Empire (Interview) [J]. New Perspectives Quarterly, 1995(4) Fall: 8(3).
[20] Gargesh, Ravinder. South Asian Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[21] Gargesh, Ravinder. South Asian Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[22] Ghorpade, S. Foreign Correspondents Cover Washington for the World [J]. Journalism Quarterly, 1984.
[23] Gibbs, W. W. Lost Science in the Third World [J]. Scientific American, 1995(8).
[24] Gonzalez, Andrew. the Social Dimensions of Philipine English [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(1).
[25] Graham, G. World English and the English Language [J]. English Today. 1995, 11(1).
[26] Grantham, Bill. America the Menace: Franceps Feud with Hollywood [J]. World Policy Journal, 1998, 15(2) Summer.
[27] Hartshorne, Ken. Language Policy in African Education: a Background to the Future [A]. Mesthrie, Rajend. Language and Social History: Studies in South African Sociolinguistics [C]. Cape Town: David Philip, 1995.
[28] Haass, Richard. N. What to do with American Primacy [J]. Foreign Affairs,1999, 78(5).
[29] Honna, Nobuyuki. East Asian Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[30] Honna, Nobuyuki, Takeshita, Yuko. English education in Japan today: The impact of changing policies [A]. Ho, Wah Kam, et al. English Language Teaching in East Asia Today. Singapore: Eastern University Press [C]. 2003.
[31] Huntington, Samuel P. The Clash of Civilization? [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1993, 72(3) summer.
[32] Imhoof, Maruice. The English Language in Egypt [J]. English Around the World, 1977, 17.
[33] Joffe, Josef. Who’s afraid of Mr.Big? [J]. The National Interest, 2001(summer).
[34] Kachru, Braf B. Institionalized Second-language Varieties [A]. Sidney Greenbaum. The English Language Today, Oxford: Pergamon Press, 1985.
[35] Kachru, B. B. the Indianization of English [J]. English Today, 1986, 6.
[36] Kachru, Braj B. The Power and Politics of English [J]. World Englishes, 1986, 5(2-3).
[37] Kachru, B. B. The Second Diaspora of English [A]. Machan, T. W., Scott, C. T. English in its Social Contexts: Essays in Historical Sociolinguistics [C]. New York/Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1988.
[38] Kamwangamalu, Nkonko M. The Social History of English in South Africa [J]. World Englishes, 2002, 21(1).
[39] Karmani, Sohail. Petrol Linguistics: the Emerging Nexus Between Oil, English, and Islam [J]. Journal of Language, Identity and Education, 2005, 4(2).
[40] Kennedy, P. Imperial Cable Communications and Stratedge 1879-1914 [J]. English Historical Review, 86.
[41] Kennedy, John F. Poland and Eastern Europe [A]. Nevins, Allan. The Strategy of Peace [M]. New York: Harper Collins, 1960.
[42] Ko, SHu-ling, Yeh, Lindy. English to be made official [N]. Taipei Times (Taiwan), 2002-05-01.
[43] Kovacevic, Natasa. Linguistic Imperialism Revisited: English in Recent Yugoslav Diasporic Experience [J]. World Englishes, 2004, 23(2).
[44] Kubota, Ryuko. Ideologies of English in Japan [J]. World Englishes, 1998, 17(3).
[45] Kuisel, Richard. Americanization for Historians [J]. Diplomatic History, Vol. 2000, 24(3) Summer.
[46] Kushner, Eva. English as Global Language: Problems, Dangers, Opportunities [J]. Diogenes, 2003(2).
[47] Labrie, N., Quell, C. Your Language, my Language or English? The Potential Language Choice in Communication among Nationals of the European Union [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1).
[48] Lorenza, Fonzari. English in Estonian Multicultural Society [J]. World Englishes, 1999, 118(1).
[49] Mansoor, S. TEFL in Pakistan: Emerging Issues [J]. ASIA TEFL, 2004, 1(1).
[50] Marlowe, Lara. French Minister Urges Greater UN Role to Counter US Hyperpower [J]. The Irish Times, 1999, 11(4).
[51] Masemola, T., Khan, F. English onslaught: Indigenous Languages under threat [N]. The Daily News, December 6, 2000-11-06.
[52] Matta, F. R.. The information bedazzlement of Latin America [A]. Kumar, K. Transnational Enterprises: Their Impact on Third World Societies and Cultures [C]. Boulder/CO: Westview Press, 1980.
[53] Mazrui, A. A. Some Sociopolitical Functions of English Literature in Africa [A]. Fishman, J. A., Ferguson, C. A., Gupta, J. Das. Language Problems of Developing Nations [C]. New York: Wiley, 1968.
[54] Mazrui, A. A. The African University as a Multinational Corporation [A]. Altbach, P. G., Kelly, G. P. Education and Colonialism [C]. New York and London: Longman, 1978.
[55] Mcarthur, Tom. English World-Wide in the Twentieth Century [A]. Mugglestone, Lynda. Oxford History of English [C]. Oxford, New York: Oxford University Press, 2006
[56] McRac, H. World’s Cheapest International Calls [N]. Independent, 1996-11-16.
[57] Meraj, Shaheen. the Use of English in Urdu advertising in Pakistan [A]. Baumgardner, Robert J., Karachi. The English Language in Pakistan [C]. Oxford University Press, 1993.
[58] Neustupny, J. V. Towards a Paradigm for Language Planning [J]. Language Planning Newsletter, 1983, 9(4).
[59] Nordenstreng, K., Varis, T. Television Traffic– A One Way Street? A Survey and Analysis of the International Flow of Television Programme Material [R]. Reports and Papers on Mass Communication [C], No.70, Paris: UNESCO., 1974.
[60] Nour, Mohammed. Language school graduate a must [N]. The Egyptian Gazette, 1992-03-05.
[61] Nye, Joseph S. Jr., Owens, William A. America's information edge [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1996 (3/4)
[62] Nye, Joseph S. Jr. Soft Power [J]. Foreign Policy, 1990, 80 (Autumn, 20th Anniversary).
[63] Nye, Joseph. The Redefinition of National Interest [J]. Foreign Affairs, 1999, 78(7/8).
[64] Pakir, Anne. Connecting with English in the Context of Internationalization [J]. TESOL Quarterly, 1998, 33(1).
[65] Pan Tao. Globalization and Its Effect on International Relations [J]. Beijing Review. 2001, 44(7).
[66] Pattanayak, D. P. Change, Language and the developing World [A]. Coleman, H., Cameron, L. Change and Language[C]. Clevwdon: Multilingual Matters/BAAL., 1996.
[67] Peet, J. Shopping around the World, a Survey of E-commerce [J]. the Economist, 2000-02-26.
[68] Pells, Richard. Who’s Afraid of Steven Speilberg? [J]. Diplomatic History, Vol. No3, 2000, 24(3) Summer.
[69] Proshina, Zoya G., Ettkin, Brian P. English-Russian Language Contacts [J]. World Englishes, 2005, 24(4).
[70] Pulcini, V. The English Language in Italy [J]. English Today, 1994, 10(4).
[71] Rajagopalan, Kanavillil. South American Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., KachruYamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden, MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[72] Ridder, S. English in Dutch [J]. English Today, 1995, 11(4).
[73] Rothkopf, David. In Praise of Culture Imperialism [J]. Foreign Policy, 1997, 107.
[74] Schaeffner, Christina. English– speaking Readers: Spiegel International [J]. Language and Intercultural Communication, 2005, 5(2).
[75] Schaub, Mark. English in the Arab Republic of Egypt [J]. World Englishes, 2000, 19(2).
[76] Schiller, H. Striving for Communication Dominance: a Half-century Review [A]. Thussu, D. Electronic Empire [C]. London: Arnold, 1998.
[77] Schmied, Josef. East African Englishes [A]. Kachru, Braj B., Kachru, Yamuna, Nelson, Cecil L. The Handbook of World Englishes [C]. Malden/MA: Blackwell Pub., 2006.
[78] Short, John Rennie, Boniche, Armando, Kim,Yeong. Cultural Globalization, Global English and Geography Journals [J]. Professional Geographer, 2001, 53(1).
[79] Swales, John M. English as Tyrannosaurus rex [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(3).
[80] Sysfret, T. Trend Setters [J]. Cable and Satellite Europe, 1997(1).
[81] Thiong’o, Ngugi wa. The Language of African Literature [A]. New Left Review, 1985(5/6).
[82] Truchot, Claude. The Spread of English: from France to a more general perspective [J]. World Englishes, 1997, 16(1).
[83] UESCO. Three weeks of television: an international comparative study [R]. Paris: UNESCO, 1981.
[84] UNDP. Human Development Report [R]. United Nations Development Programme. Oxford/ New York: Oxford University Press, 1999.
[85] UNESCO. Statistical Yearbook [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultrual Organisation, 1998.
[86] UNESCO. World Communication report: the media and the Challenge of the New Technology [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultrual Organisation, 1997.
[87] UNESCO,World Culture Report 1998: Culture, Creativity and Markets [R]. Paris: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, 1998.
[88] U.S. Department of Education. National Center for Education Statistics [R]. the Condition of Education, 2006.
[89] Vihalemm, Peeter, Lauk, Epp, Lauristin, Marju. Estonian Media in the Process of a Change [A]. Vihalemm, Peeter, Lauristin, Marju. Return to the Western World, Cultural and Political Perspectives on the Estonian Post-Communist Transition [C]. Tartu, Estonia: Tartu University Press, 1997.
[90] Wagnleitner, Reinhold. The Empire of the Fun, or Talkin’Soviet Union Blues: The Sound of Freedom and U.S. Cultural Hegemony in Europe [J]. Diplomatic History, 1999, 23(3) summer.
[91] Wallerstein, Immanuel. The Eagle Has Crash Landed [J]. Foreign Policy, 2002 (7/8).
[92] Wallraff, Barbarra. What Global Language? [J]. The Atlantic Monthly, 2000, 286(5).
[93] White, J. The Historical Background to National Education in Tanzania [A].Polome, E. C., Hill, C. P. Language in Tanzania [C]. Oxford: Oxford University Press, for the International African Institute, 1980.
[94] World Bank. World Development Indicator [R]. 2003.
[95] WTO. International Trade Statistics 2005 [R]. Table IV.69.
[96] A World Empire by Other Means: The Triumph of English [J]. Christmas special of The Economist, 2001 -12-22 .
[97] the Ad Age Data Center. Top 10 internet companies ranked by net U.S. internet media revenue in 2003 [R]. Crain Communications Inc., 2004-08-23.
[98] China Boosts English [N]. 21st Century, 2001-03-29.
[99] EMS Survey [J]. Cable and Satellite Europe, 1997(1).
[100] Children’s Televison: a Globalised Market [J]. Screen Digest, 1999(5).
[101] The Dominance of English: Colleges Worldwide Abandon Their Native Languages for a Common Tongue [J]. The Chronicle of Higher Education, 2000-09-08 .
[102] English as Weapon to Fight Terror [N]. The Weekend Australian, 2002-07-20.
[103] the Fortune Global 500: the World’s Largest Corporations [J]. Fortune, 1999-08-02.
[104] Headline [N]. Independent, 1996-02-22.
[105] New Initiatives in International Education ( Panel Discussion ) [R]. The Department of State Bulletin, 1966-07-18(95).
[106] The Non-Governmental Order [J]. the Economist, 1999-11-11.
[107] US Entertainment Industry: 2003 MPA Market Statistics [R]. Motion Picture Association, 2004.
[108] The World Economy Survey [N]. The Economist, 1996-09-28.
[1]程瑛.孔子—你还能带领中国人在崎岖的文化小道上走[EB/OL]. [2008-12-09]. http://club.sohu.com/r-immure-28641-0-0-0.html.
[2]国务院新闻办公室.中国的和平发展道路白皮书[R/OL].北京:国务院新闻办公室,2005-12-22. [2009-03-20]. http://news.xinhuanet.com/politics/2005-12/22/content_3954937.htm.
[3]汉鼎资询.新东方引原版剑桥商务英语新成果[EB/OL]. [2009-03-24]. http://www.education-training .com.cn/article/4b/165.html.
[4]刘晓莉,吴晶,郭丽琨.中文应用价值不断提升汉语国际推广进入最好期[EB/OL].[2008-12-11].http://www.ce.cn/culture/focus/200607/06/t20060706_7625033.shtml.
[5]吴晶.中国将帮助海外培养本土汉语教师[EB/OL]. [2008-09-22]. news.qq.com/a/20080922/003027.html.
[6]约纳森·亚当斯,马克思·赫尔斯.中国的崛起尚未削弱英文影响[EB/OL]. [2008-09-25]. http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/20216718/site/newsweek/.
[7]朱步冲.英语的“乌托邦”[EB/OL].[2007-05-09]. http://culture.people.com.cn/GB/27296/3301820.html.
[8]朱马杰.软国力在国际关系中的作用[EB/OL]. [2008-07-09]. http://zhaogang.bokee.com/886155.html.
[9]“崇洋媚外”遇尴尬,德国人要净化德语[EB/OL].[2008-04-08].http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/gb/doc/2003-09/11/content-263298.htm.
[10]电脑与网络[EB/OL]. [2009-03-24].www.hbsz.cn/tushu/14/gljx/ts014073.pdf 199K.
[11] 2003年英国理事会统计. [EB/OL]. [2008-05-15]. http://the_english_dept.tripod.com/esc.html.
[12]汉语在亚洲有比肩英语趋势[EB/OL]. [2008-12-24]. http://news.sina.com.cn/c/2006-01-13/09067972136s.shtml.
[13]杰罗姆·科恩Jerome Kern [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.32lu.com/yinyuelilun/yyj/xunfang/200704/5208_8.html.
[14]理查德·罗杰斯Richard Rodgers [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.32lu.com/yinyuelilun/yyj/xunfang/200704/5208_8.html.
[15]流行神话的光影——试论大众传播与大众文化[EB/OL]. [2009-04-09]. http://www.windbook.cn/wenxue/NewsCommunication/200801/wenxue_3390_5.html.
[16]欧盟20种语言难统一每年翻译费用超过10亿欧元[EB/OL]. [2008-12-11]. http://news.tom.com/1988/20040416-837230.html.
[17]乔治·格什温[EB/OL]. [2008-05-11]. http://baike.baidu.com/view/46730.htm.
[18]全世界讲中国话:汉语入世时代来了吗?[EB/OL]. [2008-10-20]. http://www.china.com.cn/book/txt/2008-10/20/content_16638844_2.htm.
[19]全球票房超2亿排行榜[EB/OL].[2009-01-20].http://www.520mov.com/main01/paihang/sublist/list_3_1.shtml.
[20]“十一五”规划与中国未来发展走向[N/OL].人民论坛,2005-11-20 [2009-02-20].http://www.ce.cn/xwzx/gnsz/gdxw/200511/20/t20051120_5263432.shtml.
[21]文化霸权[EB/OL]. [2009-04-06].http://baike.baidu.com/view/141567.htm.
[22]西格蒙德·龙伯格Sigmund Romberg [EB/OL]. [2008-05-11].http://www.kuke.com/kuke/library?o=yyj_zj&composerid=1525&music_class_id=DA998BD0BF5A11DC8BD08C0CE59D9FFD&d-1340563-p=3.
[23]新西兰移民史[EB/OL].[2008-05-22].http://www.chuguo.cn/news/115736.xhtml
[24]英语,新式精神鸦片?[EB/OL]. [2007-09-10]. http://culture.news.sohu.com/20040812/n221454779.html.
[25] Global Language Monitor, http://www.internetworldstats.com/stats7.htm
[26] Global Reach, http://www.glreach.com/globstats/index.php3.
[27] Iqbal. Mastering the madrassas[N/OL]. Washington Times, 2003-08-17[2008-07-01].http://www.washtimes.com/world/20030817-1230 32-5826r.htm.
[28] National Intelligence Council. Mapping the Global Future[EB/OL]. [2008-11-20].http://www.foia.cia.gov/2020/2020.pdf.
[29] WTO. International Trade Statistics 2006[EB/OL]. [2008-10-15].http://www.wto.org/English/res-e/statis-e.htm.